Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE 

among 
 CABELA’S CREDIT
CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST 
 WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK 

and 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION 
 Dated as of June 14, 2016 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
			
		    	ARTICLE I	  			
			
		    	DEFINITIONS	  			
	 	    	 	  	 	 
	 Section 1.01.
	    	Definitions	  	 	3	  
	 Section 1.02.
	    	Other Definitional Provisions	  	 	17	  
			
		    	ARTICLE II	  			
			
		    	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01.
	    	Form Generally	  	 	18	  
	 Section 2.02.
	    	Denominations	  	 	18	  
	 Section 2.03.
	    	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	  	 	18	  
	 Section 2.04.
	    	Authenticating Agent	  	 	19	  
	 Section 2.05.
	    	Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes	  	 	20	  
	 Section 2.06.
	    	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	 	21	  
	 Section 2.07.
	    	Persons Deemed Owners	  	 	22	  
	 Section 2.08.
	    	Appointment of Paying Agent	  	 	22	  
	 Section 2.09.
	    	Cancellation	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.10.
	    	New Issuances	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.11.
	    	Book-Entry Notes	  	 	24	  
	 Section 2.12.
	    	Notices to Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency	  	 	25	  
	 Section 2.13.
	    	Definitive Notes	  	 	25	  
	 Section 2.14.
	    	Record Date for Voting	  	 	26	  
			
		    	ARTICLE III	  			
			
		    	REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER	  			
			
	 Section 3.01.
	    	Payment of Principal and Interest	  	 	26	  
	 Section 3.02.
	    	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.03.
	    	Money for Note Payments To Be Held in Trust	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.04.
	    	Existence	  	 	28	  
	 Section 3.05.
	    	Protection of Trust	  	 	29	  
	 Section 3.06.
	    	Opinions as to Trust Estate	  	 	29	  
	 Section 3.07.
	    	Performance of Obligations	  	 	30	  
	 Section 3.08.
	    	Negative Covenants	  	 	31	  
	 Section 3.09.
	    	Statements as to Compliance	  	 	31	  
	 Section 3.10.
	    	Issuer’s Name, Location, Etc	  	 	32	  
	 Section 3.11.
	    	Successor Substituted	  	 	32	  
	 Section 3.12.
	    	No Other Business	  	 	32	  
	 Section 3.13.
	    	No Borrowing	  	 	33	  

							
	 Section 3.14.
	    	Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities	  	 	33	  
	 Section 3.15.
	    	Removal of Administrator	  	 	33	  
	 Section 3.16.
	    	Tax Treatment	  	 	33	  
	 Section 3.17.
	    	Notice of Events of Default	  	 	33	  
	 Section 3.18.
	    	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	33	  
	 Section 3.19.
	    	Representations and Warranties With Respect to the Collateral Certificate	  	 	33	  
			
		    	ARTICLE IV	  			
			
		    	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	 Section 4.01.
	    	Satisfaction and Discharge of This Indenture	  	 	35	  
	 Section 4.02.
	    	Application of Trust Money	  	 	36	  
			
		    	ARTICLE V	  			
			
		    	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	 Section 5.01.
	    	Early Redemption Events	  	 	36	  
	 Section 5.02.
	    	Events of Default	  	 	37	  
	 Section 5.03.
	    	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	 	37	  
	 Section 5.04.
	    	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee	  	 	38	  
	 Section 5.05.
	    	Remedies; Priorities	  	 	41	  
	 Section 5.06.
	    	Optional Preservation of the Trust Estate	  	 	43	  
	 Section 5.07.
	    	Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	  	 	43	  
	 Section 5.08.
	    	Limitation on Suits	  	 	43	  
	 Section 5.09.
	    	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest	  	 	44	  
	 Section 5.10.
	    	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	 	44	  
	 Section 5.11.
	    	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	 	44	  
	 Section 5.12.
	    	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	 	44	  
	 Section 5.13.
	    	Control by Noteholders	  	 	45	  
	 Section 5.14.
	    	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	45	  
	 Section 5.15.
	    	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	45	  
	 Section 5.16.
	    	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.17.
	    	Action on Notes	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.18.
	    	Sale of Collateral Certificate	  	 	46	  
			
		    	ARTICLE VI	  			
			
		    	THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 6.01.
	    	Duties of the Indenture Trustee	  	 	47	  
	 Section 6.02.
	    	Notice of Early Redemption Event or Event of Default	  	 	49	  
	 Section 6.03.
	    	Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture Trustee	  	 	49	  
	 Section 6.04.
	    	Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes	  	 	51	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 6.05.
	    	Indenture Trustee May Hold Notes	  	 	51	  
	 Section 6.06.
	    	Money Held in Trust	  	 	51	  
	 Section 6.07.
	    	Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification	  	 	51	  
	 Section 6.08.
	    	Replacement of Indenture Trustee	  	 	52	  
	 Section 6.09.
	    	Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger	  	 	54	  
	 Section 6.10.
	    	Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee	  	 	54	  
	 Section 6.11.
	    	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.12.
	    	Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.13.
	    	Tax Returns	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.14.
	    	Custody of the Trust Estate	  	 	57	  
	 Section 6.15.
	    	Preferential Collection of Claims Against	  	 	57	  
			
		    	ARTICLE VII	  			
			
		    	NOTEHOLDERS’ LIST AND REPORTS	  			
			
	 Section 7.01.
	    	Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders	  	 	57	  
	 Section 7.02.
	    	Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders	  	 	58	  
	 Section 7.03.
	    	Payment Instruction to Master Trust	  	 	58	  
	 Section 7.04.
	    	Reports by Issuer to the Commission	  	 	58	  
	 Section 7.05.
	    	Reports by Indenture Trustee	  	 	59	  
			
		    	ARTICLE VIII	  			
			
		    	ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS	  			
			
	 Section 8.01.
	    	Collection of Money	  	 	59	  
	 Section 8.02.
	    	Collection Account	  	 	60	  
	 Section 8.03.
	    	Rights of Noteholders	  	 	61	  
	 Section 8.04.
	    	Allocation of Amounts Deposited to the Collection Account to Series	  	 	61	  
	 Section 8.05.
	    	Release of Trust Estate	  	 	62	  
	 Section 8.06.
	    	Opinion of Counsel	  	 	62	  
	 Section 8.07.
	    	Distributions and Reports to Noteholders	  	 	63	  
			
		    	ARTICLE IX	  			
			
		    	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  			
			
	 Section 9.01.
	    	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders	  	 	63	  
	 Section 9.02.
	    	Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders	  	 	64	  
	 Section 9.03.
	    	Execution of Supplemental Indentures	  	 	66	  
	 Section 9.04.
	    	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	  	 	66	  
	 Section 9.05.
	    	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	  	 	66	  
	 Section 9.06.
	    	Indenture Supplements and Series Enhancers	  	 	66	  

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 9.07.
	    	Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset Representations Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders	  	 	66	  
			
		    	ARTICLE X	  			
			
		    	TERMINATION	  			
			
	 Section 10.01.
	    	Termination of Issuer	  	 	68	  
	 Section 10.02.
	    	Final Distribution	  	 	68	  
			
		    	ARTICLE XI	  			
			
		    	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	 Section 11.01.
	    	Compliance Certificates and Opinions, Etc	  	 	69	  
	 Section 11.02.
	    	Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee	  	 	70	  
	 Section 11.03.
	    	Acts of Noteholders	  	 	71	  
	 Section 11.04.
	    	Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Transferor and Servicer	  	 	71	  
	 Section 11.05.
	    	Notices to Noteholders; Waiver	  	 	72	  
	 Section 11.06.
	    	Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.07.
	    	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.08.
	    	Successors and Assigns	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.09.
	    	Separability	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.10.
	    	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.11.
	    	Legal Holidays	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.12.
	    	Governing Law	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.13.
	    	Counterparts	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.14.
	    	Recording of Indenture	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.15.
	    	Trust Obligation	  	 	74	  
	 Section 11.16.
	    	No Petition	  	 	74	  
	 Section 11.17.
	    	Inspection	  	 	74	  
	 Section 11.18.
	    	Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee	  	 	74	  
	 Section 11.19.
	    	Conflict with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	75	  
			
		    	ARTICLE XII	  			
			
		    	COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB	  			
			
	 Section 12.01.
	    	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	  	 	75	  
	 Section 12.02.
	    	Additional Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee	  	 	75	  
	 Section 12.03.
	    	Information to Be Provided by the Indenture Trustee	  	 	76	  
	 Section 12.04.
	    	Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation	  	 	77	  
	 Section 12.05.
	    	Investor Communication	  	 	77	  

  
 iv 

							
			
		    	ARTICLE XIII	  			
		
	 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
	  	 	78	  
	 EXHIBIT A
	    	SERVICING CRITERIA	  			
	 EXHIBIT B
	    	FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION	  			

  
 v 

 RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE 

ACT OF 1939 AND INDENTURE PROVISIONS1 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	6.11
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.11
	       (a)(3)
	  	6.10
	       (a)(4)
	  	Not Applicable
	       (a)(5)
	  	6.11
	       (b)
	  	6.08, 6.11
	       (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 311(a)
	  	6.15
	       (b)
	  	6.15
	       (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 312(a)
	  	7.01, 7.02(a)
	       (b)
	  	7.02(b)
	       (c)
	  	7.02(c)
	 313(a)
	  	7.05
	       (b)
	  	7.05
	       (c)
	  	7.04, 7.05
	       (d)
	  	7.05
	 314(a)
	  	3.09, 7.03(a)
	       (b)
	  	3.06
	   (c)(1)
	  	8.05(b), 8.06 1101(a)
	   (c)(2)
	  	8.05(b), 8.06, 11.01(a)
	   (c)(3)
	  	8.05(b), 11.01(a)
	   (d)(1)
	  	8.05(B), 11.01(b)
	   (d)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	   (d)(3)
	  	Not Applicable
	       (e)
	  	11.01(a)
	 315(a)
	  	6.01(b)
	       (b)
	  	6.02
	       (c)
	  	6.01(a)
	       (d)
	  	6.01(d)
	       (d)(1)
	  	6.01(d)
	       (d)(2
	  	6.01(d)
	       (d)(3)
	  	6.01(d)
	       (e)
	  	5.15
	 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	5.13
	 316(a)(1)(B)
	  	5.14
	 316(a)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	 316(b)
	  	5.09
	 316(c)
	  	2.14
	 317(a)(1)
	  	5.04(a)
	 317(a)(2)
	  	3.03
	 317(b)
	  	5.04(a)
	 318(a)
	  	11.19

  

	1 	This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the within indenture. 

  
 vi 

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER INDENTURE is dated as of June 14, 2016 (herein, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time as permitted hereby, called the “Indenture”) among CABELA’S CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as issuer, WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, a Nebraska state banking
corporation, as servicer, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as indenture trustee, and amends and restates the Amended and Restated Master Indenture,
dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “Existing Indenture”), which amends and restates the Master Indenture dated as of April 14, 2004 (the “Original Indenture”) as the same has been further amended prior to the date hereof
by and between World’s Foremost Bank, a Nebraska state banking corporation, as servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as indenture trustee. This
Indenture may be supplemented at any time and from time to time by an indenture supplement in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof (an “Indenture Supplement” and any Indenture Supplement together with this Indenture and amendments
hereof and any supplemental indentures hereto collectively referred to as the “Indenture”). If a conflict exists between the terms and provisions of this Master Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of the
Indenture Supplement shall be controlling with respect to the related Series. 
 WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Existing
Indenture, and to restate it in its entirety. 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENT 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for its asset backed notes to be issued in one or more
Series as provided in this Indenture. 
 In connection with one or more Series of Notes issued under this Indenture, the Issuer may enter
into agreements with other entities that will provide credit enhancement or other protection and benefits for the Holders of a Series of Notes or a Class of such Series of Notes and the Issuer will incur obligations under the terms of such
agreements. The Issuer, through this Indenture, wishes to continue to provide security for such obligations to the extent and as provided in the relevant Indenture Supplements. All covenants and agreements made by the Issuer herein are for the
benefit and security of the Noteholders and, to the extent and as provided for in the relevant Indenture Supplements, the Series Enhancers. 

The Issuer is entering into this Indenture, and the Indenture Trustee is accepting the trusts created hereby, for good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged. All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the
Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with their and its terms. 

 GRANTING CLAUSES 

To secure the due and punctual payment by the Issuer of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes, amounts due to
Series Enhancers under the Series Enhancements as provided in the Indenture Supplements and all other amounts due and payable under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or under any Series Enhancement (together with the “Secured
Obligations” under and as defined in the Existing Indenture and the Original Indenture, collectively, the “Secured Obligations”) when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether on demand for payment or on a Payment Date or
a Redemption Date, at the Stated Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of this Indenture, the respective Indenture Supplements and the Notes or the Series Enhancements, the Issuer
hereby Grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Noteholders and, to the extent and as provided for in the relevant Indenture Supplements, the Series Enhancers, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under the following: 
  

	 	(i)	the Collateral Certificate; 

  

	 	(ii)	all Eligible Investments and all money, investment property, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit in, credited to or related to the Collection Account and the Series Accounts (including any
subaccounts of such accounts), together with all earnings, dividends, distributions, income, issues and profits relating thereto; 

  

	 	(iii)	all Series Enhancements; 

  

	 	(iv)	all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under or with respect to the Transfer and Administration Agreement; 

 

	 	(v)	all accounts, money, chattel paper, investment property, instruments, documents, deposit accounts, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, general intangibles, goods and oil, gas and other minerals consisting of,
arising from or relating to any of the foregoing; and 

  

	 	(vi)	such property, together with all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature
whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds, products, rents, receipts or profits of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other property, all cash and noncash proceeds, and other property consisting
of, arising from or relating to all or any part of any of the foregoing or any proceeds thereof; 

 but in each case excluding the interest in
the assets of the Issuer represented by the Trust Certificate and the Transferor Certificates and the amounts distributable with respect thereto (collectively, the “Trust Estate”). 

Such Grants are made in trust to secure the Notes equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, except as expressly provided
in this Indenture and the Indenture 

  
 2 

 
Supplements, between any Note and any other Notes, and to secure the other Secured Obligations; provided, that unless and to the extent provided for in an Indenture Supplement for any Series, the
security interest granted above in the Series Accounts and Series Enhancement for a particular Series shall be to secure the Notes for such Series only and to the extent provided in the Indenture Supplement for such Series and the Series Enhancers.
This Indenture is a security agreement within the meaning of the UCC. 
 The Indenture Trustee as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
Noteholders acknowledges such Grants, accepts the trusts hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform the duties herein required to the end that the interests of the Noteholders may be adequately and effectively
protected. 
 LIMITED RECOURSE 

The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and to the Series Enhancers
under the Series Enhancements is limited by recourse only to the Trust Estate and only to the extent proceeds and distributions on the Trust Estate are allocated for their benefit under the terms of this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and the
Series Enhancements. 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Indenture, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and
the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. 

“Account Owner” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank. 

“Accounts” shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Act” or “Act of Noteholder” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a). 

“Administrator” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank or any successor administrator appointed pursuant to the Transfer and
Administration Agreement. 
 “Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to any action, that such action will (a) result
in the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, a Default or an Event of Default or (b) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of distributions to be made to the Noteholders or any Series Enhancer of any Series or Class pursuant
to this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement. 
 “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a particular
Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. 

  
 3 

 “Aggregate Allocation Amount” shall mean the aggregate Allocation Amounts for
all outstanding Series. 
 “Allocation Amount” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in the
Indenture Supplement for such Series. 
 “Asset Representations Review” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 “Asset Representations Review Agreement” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Asset Representations Reviewer” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Authorized Officer” shall mean: 

(a) with respect to the Issuer, any officer of the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters
relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the initial Issuance Date (as such list may be
modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and any officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act for the Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Transfer and
Administration Agreement and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers (containing the specimen signatures of such officers) delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the Initial Issuance Date (as such list may be
modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter); 
 (b) with respect to the Transferor, any officer of the Transferor
who is authorized to act for the Transferor in matters relating to the Transferor and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Transferor to the Indenture Trustee
on the Initial Issuance Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented in writing from time to time thereafter); and 

(c) with respect to the Servicer, any Servicing Officer. 

“Available Funds Allocation Amount” shall mean, as of any date of determination, during any Monthly Period for any
Class or Series of Notes, an amount equal to the Allocation Amount of such Class or Series, as applicable, as of such date of determination. 

“Available Series 2004-1 Finance Charge Collections” shall have the meaning
specified in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Available
Series 2004-1 Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 

  
 4 

 “Book-Entry Notes” shall mean
beneficial interests in the Notes, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency or a Foreign Clearing Agency, as described in Section 2.11. 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which national
banking associations or state banking institutions in New York, New York, Lincoln, Nebraska, St. Paul, Minnesota, Wilmington, Delaware or any other city in which the principal executive offices of the Account Owner, the Transferor,
the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, are located (or, with respect to any Series, any other day specified in the Indenture Supplement), are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental
decree to be closed. 
 “Class” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes or tranches of
the Notes of that Series. Notes of a single Class of a Series will rank equally with respect to payment of principal, but may differ with respect to interest rates, maturity or other terms. 

“Clearing Agency” shall mean an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A
of the Exchange Act and serving as a clearing agency for a Series or Class of Book-Entry Notes. 

“Clearing Agency Participant” shall mean a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom
from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency. 

“Clearstream, Luxembourg” shall mean Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, a professional
depository incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, and its successors. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean, with respect
to any Series, the closing date specified in the related Indenture Supplement. 
 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Collateral Certificate” shall mean the Series 2004-1 Certificate issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 

“Collection Account” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a). 

“Collections” shall mean, collectively, the Available Series 2004-1 Finance
Charge Collections and the Available Series 2004-1 Principal Collections. 

“Collections of Finance Charge Receivables” shall mean the Available
Series 2004-1 Finance Charge Collections. 
 “Collections of Principal
Receivables” shall mean the Available Series 2004-1 Principal Collections. 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission and its successors. 

  
 5 

 “Corporate Trust Office” shall mean the principal office of the Indenture
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of the Indenture is located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107,
EP-MN-WS3D, Attention: Cabela’s 2004-1 (facsimile
no. 651-495-8093), or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Transferor.

 “Default” shall mean any event or occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would
become, an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulted Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Investor
Default Amount” in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Definitive
Notes” shall mean, for any Class or Series, the Notes issued in fully registered, certificated form issued to the beneficial owners of such Class or Series or their nominee. 

“Depositary” shall mean the Person specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, in its capacity as depositary for
the respective accounts of any Clearing Agency or any Foreign Clearing Agency. 
 “Deposit Date” shall mean each day
on which the Servicer deposits Collections in the Collection Account. 
 “Depository Agreement” shall mean, if
applicable with respect to any Series or Class of Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and the Clearing Agency or, if applicable, the Foreign Clearing Agency. 

“Determination Date” shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Distribution Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement. 

“Dollars,” “$” or “U.S. $” shall mean (a) United States dollars or
(b) denominated in United States dollars. 
 “Early Redemption Event” shall mean, with respect to any
Series, any Early Redemption Event specified in the related Indenture Supplement or any Early Redemption Event as described in Section 5.01. 

“Eligible Deposit Account” shall mean either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a
segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank), and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the unsecured, unguaranteed senior debt securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic credit
rating categories that signifies investment grade. 

  
 6 

 “Eligible Institution” shall mean: (a) a depositary institution,
which may include the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the States thereof including the District of Columbia, the deposits in which are insured by the FDIC and which at all times
has a short-term unsecured debt rating of at least P-1 by Moody’s and either (i) a long-term deposit rating of at least
A+ by Standard & Poor’s or (ii) a long-term deposit rating of at least A, and a short-term unsecured debt rating of at least A-1, by Standard & Poor’s; or (b) a depositary institution acceptable to each Rating Agency; provided, however, that an institution which shall have corporate trust powers and which
maintains the Collection Account, any Series Account or any other account maintained for the benefit of Noteholders and each Series Enhancer (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Indenture Supplement) as a fully segregated
trust account with the trust department of such institution shall not be required to meet the foregoing rating requirements, and need only at all times have a long-term unsecured debt rating of investment
grade by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s so long as Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s is a Rating Agency; provided, further, however, that if such depositary institution is the Servicer or an
Affiliate of the Servicer, (y) the written consent of any Series Enhancer shall have been previously obtained and (z) the requirement of clause (a) of this definition shall have been fulfilled. 

“Eligible Investments” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement with respect to any Series, (a) book-entry securities or negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or fully guaranteed by the United States of
America; (ii) demand deposits and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depositary institution or trust company (including the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or any
of their Affiliates, acting in its commercial capacity) incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of foreign depository institutions or trust companies) and subject to supervision and
examination by federal or state banking or depositary institution authorities; provided, however, that at the time of the investment, the certificates of deposit or short-term deposits of such depositary
institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of P-1 and A-1+, respectively; (iii) commercial paper,
bank notes or any other debt obligation having, at the time of the investment, a rating from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of P-1 and A-1+,
respectively; (iv) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) repurchase agreements transacted with either (A) an entity subject to the
United States Bankruptcy Code or (B) a financial institution insured by the FDIC or a broker-dealer with retail customers that is under the jurisdiction of the Securities Investors Protection Corp.,
in each case having a rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s; (b) demand deposits in the name of the Issuer or the Indenture
Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) investments in money market funds rated AAA or AAAm-g by Standard & Poor’s and Aaa or P-1 by Moody’s; provided, however, that the Issuer shall exercise any voting rights it may have in connection with any investment in a money market fund only in a manner consistent with the recommendation of
the board of directors of such money market fund or, in the case of an unincorporated money market fund, the recommendation of such Person or Persons performing similar functions of such unincorporated money market fund; and (d) any other
investment the making of which would not compromise the qualification of the Issuer under Statement of Financial Standards No. 140, if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely 

  
 7 

 
affect its then current rating of any Series or Class of Notes, provided that such investment will not, based on an Opinion of Counsel, cause the Issuer to be treated as an “investment
company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Any Eligible Investment may be purchased by or through the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee or any of their Affiliates. The Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee may trade with itself or an Affiliate on market terms in the purchase or sale of such Permitted Investments. 

“Euroclear Operator” shall mean Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, and its successor and
assigns in such capacity. 
 “Euroclear Participants” shall mean the participants of the Euroclear System,
for which the Euroclear System holds securities. 
 “Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 5.02. 
 “Excess Allocation Series” shall mean a Series that, pursuant to the Indenture Supplement therefor,
is entitled to receive certain excess Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, as more specifically set forth in such Indenture Supplement. 

“Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the aggregate amount, for all
outstanding Series, of Collections of Available Series 2004-1 Finance Charge Collections with respect to the Series in a Group which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be treated as, or
constitute a portion of, “Excess Finance Charge Collections” for such Distribution Date. 
 “Exchange Act”
shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “FDIC” shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
or any successor. 
 “Finance Charge Shortfalls” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the aggregate
amount for all outstanding Series in a Group which the related Indenture Supplements specify are “Finance Charge Shortfalls” for such Series for such Distribution Date. 

“Foreign Clearing Agency” shall mean Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear Operator and their successors and
assigns. 
 “Funding Period” shall have the meaning given to such term in the
Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Funding Period Termination Date” shall have the
meaning given to such term in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Grant”
shall mean to grant, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, demise, release, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, create and grant a security interest in and right of setoff against, deposit, set over and confirm. A Grant of the Eligible
Investments, or of any other instrument, shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including without limitation the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and
give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the  

  
 8 

 
Eligible Investments, and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to
bring any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding in the name of the granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or
with respect thereto. 
 “Group” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series, if any, in which the
related Indenture Supplement specifies such Series to be included. 
 “Independent Certificate” shall mean a
certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 of the Indenture, made by an Independent appraiser or other
expert appointed by an Issuer Order, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof. 

“Indenture” shall mean this Second Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of June 14, 2016, among the
Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, including, with respect to any Series or Class, the related Indenture
Supplement. 
 “Indenture Supplement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, a supplement to this Indenture
or a previous supplement to the Original Indenture or the Existing Indenture, as applicable, executed and delivered in connection with the original issuance of the Notes of such Series under Section 2.10, including all amendments thereof and
supplements thereto. 
 “Indenture Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as
indenture trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor indenture trustee under this Indenture. 

“Independent” shall mean, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the Person (a) is in fact
independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such
other obligor, the Transferor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Transferor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter,
underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. 
 “Initial Issuance Date” shall
mean the Closing Date of the first Series of Notes issued to the Holders. 
 “Insolvency Event” with respect to any
Person, shall occur if such Person (i) shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) shall make a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (iii) shall
institute or have instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its
winding up or liquidation, including, without limitation, a proceeding  

  
 9 

 
under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1811 et seq. or other applicable federal or state law, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or
presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation or the conservatorship or receivership of
such Person by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or other applicable federal or state authority or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 90 days of the institution or presentation thereof;
(iv) shall have a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (v) shall seek or become subject to the appointment of an administrator,
provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its property; (vi) shall have a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its property or have a
distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its property and such secured party shall maintain possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged,
stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (vii) shall cause or become subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified
in clauses (i) to (vi) (inclusive); or (viii) shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. 

“Interest Rate” shall mean, as of any particular date of determination and with respect to any Series or Class, the
interest rate or rates (or formula for determining the same) as of such date specified therefor in the related Indenture Supplement. 

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time. 

“Issuer” shall mean Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust, a Delaware statutory trust. 

“Issuer Order” shall mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer, by an Authorized Officer, and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee. 
 “Master Trust” shall mean Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust,
established pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Master Trust Tax Opinion” shall have the
meaning given to the term “Tax Opinion” in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Moody’s” shall
mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or its successor. 
 “Monthly Period” shall mean, with respect to each
Distribution Date, unless otherwise provided in an Indenture Supplement, the period from and including the first day of the preceding calendar month to and including the last day of such calendar month; provided, however, that the initial Monthly
Period with respect to any Series will commence on the Closing Date with respect to such Series. 
 “Monthly
Servicer’s Statement” shall mean a monthly statement prepared by the Servicer and delivered pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement with respect to each Series of Notes. 

  
 10 

 “New Issuance” shall mean a new Series of Notes issued by the Issuer
pursuant to the principal terms of the related Indenture Supplement. 
 “Noteholder” or
“Holder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register, or such other Person deemed to be a “Noteholder” or “Holder” in any related Indenture Supplement. 

“Note Register” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.05(a) in which the Notes are registered. 

“Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a). 

“Notes” shall mean all Series of Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the
Original Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement. 
 “Notice of Default” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 5.02(c). 
 “Officer’s Certificate” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in this Indenture, a
certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee signed by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer or Transferor, or the Servicer, as applicable, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of
Section 11.01. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for,
or an employee of, the Person providing the opinion and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee: provided, however, that any Tax Opinion or other opinion relating to federal income tax matters shall be an opinion of nationally
recognized tax counsel. 
 “Outstanding” shall mean, as of the date of determination, all Notes previously
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture, as applicable, except: 

(a) Notes previously cancelled by the Indenture Trustee or delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; and 

(b) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been previously deposited with the Indenture
Trustee or any Paying Agent for the Holders of such Notes; provided, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, any required notice of such redemption pursuant to this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture, as applicable, or
provision for such notice satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee has been made; and 
 (c) Notes that have been paid under
Section 2.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture, as applicable, other than any Notes for which there shall have been
presented to the Indenture Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a “protected purchaser”; 

  
 11 

 provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture, as applicable, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the
Transferor, or any Affiliate of any of those Persons shall be disregarded and considered not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of being so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding
if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act for such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate of any
of those Persons. In making any such determination, the Indenture Trustee may rely on the representations of the pledgee and shall not be required to undertake any independent investigation. 

“Outstanding Amount” shall mean the aggregate principal amount of all Notes Outstanding, or of all Notes Outstanding
of a Series or Class, as applicable, at the date of determination. 
 “Owner Trustee” shall mean Wells Fargo
Delaware Trust Company, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement. 

“Paying Agent” shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.08 and shall initially be the
Indenture Trustee; provided that if the Indenture Supplement for a Series so provides, a separate or additional Paying Agent(s) may be appointed with respect to such Series. 

“Payment Date” shall have the meaning specified for each Series in its Indenture Supplement. 

“Pay Out Event” shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Permitted Assignee” shall mean any
Person who, if it were to purchase the Trust Estate (or interests therein) in connection with a sale under Sections 5.05 and 5.18, would not cause the Issuer or the Master Trust to be taxable as a publicly traded partnership for federal income
tax purposes. 
 “Person” shall mean any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of similar nature. 

“Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as
of June 14, 2016, among WFB Funding, LLC, as transferor, World’s Foremost Bank, as servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its
terms. 

  
 12 

 “Pre-Funded Amount” shall have the
meaning given to such term in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 
 “Pre-Funded Series” shall mean a Series, pursuant to the Indenture Supplement therefor, issued in conjunction with a new Funding Period in accordance with Section 4.09(e) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement as supplemented by the Series 2004-1 Certificate Supplement. 

“Pre-Funding Account” shall have the meaning given to such term in the
Series 2004-1 Supplement. 

“Pre-Funding Proceeds” shall mean the
Pre-Funded Amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of a Funding Period. 

“Principal Allocation Amount” shall mean, as of any date of determination, during any Monthly Period for any Class or
Series of Notes, an amount equal to the sum of (a) for any Notes within such Class or Series of Notes in an Accumulation Period or an Early Redemption Period, the Allocation Amount for such Notes as of the close of business on the last day of
the Revolving Period for such Notes and (b) for all other Classes or Series of Notes, an amount equal to the Allocation Amount of such Class or Series, as applicable, as of such date of determination. 

“Principal Excesses” shall mean, for any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of Shared Principal
Collections over Principal Shortfalls for such Series for such Distribution Date. 
 “Principal Sharing
Series” shall mean a Series that, pursuant to the Indenture Supplement therefor, is entitled to receive Shared Principal Collections. 

“Principal Shortfalls” shall mean, for any Distribution Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in a
Group which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be treated as “Principal Shortfalls” for such Distribution Date. 

“Principal Terms” shall mean, with respect to any Series, (a) the name or designation; (b) the initial principal
amount (or method for calculating such amount) and the Allocation Amount; (c) the Interest Rate (or method for the determination thereof) for each Class of Notes of such Series; (d) the Payment Date or Payment Dates and the date or dates
from which interest shall accrue; (e) the method for allocating Collections to Noteholders; (f) the designation of any Series Accounts and the terms governing the operation of any such Series Accounts; (g) if applicable, the Series
Enhancer and terms of any form of Series Enhancements; (h) the terms on which the Notes of such Series may be exchanged for Notes of another Series, purchased by the Transferor or the Issuer or remarketed to other investors; (i) any
optional or mandatory Redemption Date or Redemption Dates and the Stated Maturity Date; (j) the number of Classes of Notes of such Series and, if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class; (k) the extent to which
the Notes of such Series will be issuable in temporary or permanent global form (and, in such case, the depositary for such global note or notes, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such global note may be exchanged, in whole or in part,
for Definitive Notes, and the manner in which any interest payable on a temporary or global note will be paid); (l) the priority of such Series with respect to any other Series; (m) whether such Series will be an Excess Allocation Series;
(n) whether such Series will be a Pre-Funded Series; (o) whether such Series will be a Principal Sharing Series; (p) whether such Series will be part of a Group; and (q) any other terms of
such Series. 

  
 13 

 “Proceeding” shall mean any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or
administrative proceeding. 
 “Rating Agency” shall mean, with respect to any Outstanding Series or Class of Notes
which has been rated, each rating agency, as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, selected by the Transferor to rate the Notes of such Outstanding Series or Class. 

“Rating Agency Condition” shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the
Transferor, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then existing rating of the Notes of any outstanding Series or Class with respect to which it is a Rating Agency;
provided, however, that if such Series or Class of Notes has not been rated, the Rating Agency Condition with respect to any such action shall either be defined in the related Indenture Supplement or shall not apply. 

“Receivables” shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Record Date” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last day of the calendar month immediately
preceding such Distribution Date, unless otherwise specified for a Series in the related Indenture Supplement. 

“Redemption Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date or dates, if any, specified in the Indenture
Supplement for such Series. 
 “Redemption Period” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series or
Class within a Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement. 
 “Registered Noteholder” shall mean the
Holder of a Registered Note. 
 “Registered Notes” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01. 

“Regulation AB” shall mean Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§ 229.1100-229.1125, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting releases (including Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (Jan. 7, 2005) and Asset-Backed
Securities Disclosure and Registration, Securities Act Release No. 33-9638, 79 Fed. Reg. 57,184 (September 24, 2014)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its
staff from time to time. 
 “Responsible Officer” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office including
any Vice President, Managing Director, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, having direct
responsibility for the administration of this Agreement. 

  
 14 

 “Sarbanes Certification” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(c).

 “Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the Granting Clauses hereof. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securitization Transaction” shall mean any issuance of new Notes of any Series or Class pursuant to
Section 2.10, whether publicly offered or privately placed, rated or unrated. 
 “Series” shall
mean any series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture or previously issued pursuant to the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture. 

“Series 2004-1 Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall have the
meaning given to the term “Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 

“Series 2004-1 Shared Principal Collections” shall have the meaning given
to the term “Shared Principal Collections” in the Series 2004-1 Supplement. 

“Series 2004-1 Supplement” shall mean the
Series 2004-1 Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to the Collateral Certificate, which by its terms is identified as being the
Series 2004-1 Supplement referred to herein, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“Series Account” shall mean any deposit, trust, escrow or similar account maintained for the benefit of the
Noteholders of any Series or Class or any Series Enhancer, as specified in any Indenture Supplement. 
 “Series
Allocation Percentage” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement. 

“Series Enhancement” shall mean the rights and benefits provided to the Issuer or the Noteholders of any Series or
Class pursuant to any insurance agreement, letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity liquidity facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, cross currency swap agreement or other derivative agreement or other similar arrangement. Series Enhancement will also refer to any agreements, instruments or documents governing the terms of the enhancements mentioned in the previous
sentence or under which they are issued, where the context makes sense. The subordination of any Series or Class to another Series or Class shall be deemed to be a Series Enhancement. 

“Series Enhancer” shall mean the Person or Persons providing any Series Enhancement, other than (except to the extent
otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the Indenture Supplement for such Series) the Noteholders of any Series or Class which is subordinated to another Series or Class. 

  
 15 

 “Series Issuance Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date
on which the Notes of such Series are to be originally issued in accordance with Section 2.10 and the related Indenture Supplement. 

“Servicer” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank and its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and this Indenture. 
 “Servicing Criteria” shall mean the “servicing
criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB. 
 “Shared Principal Collections” shall mean, for
any Distribution Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in a Group of Collections of Available Series 2004-1 Principal Collections which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be
treated as “Shared Principal Collections” for such Distribution Date. 
 “Standard & Poor’s”
shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or its successor. 
 “Stated Maturity Date” shall mean,
for any Series or Class of Notes or any installment of principal for such Series or Class, the date specified in the Indenture Supplement for such Series or Class as the fixed date on which the principal of such Series or Class or such installment
of principal is required to be paid; provided that a date on which principal is scheduled or expected to be paid, but is not required to be paid, is not a Stated Maturity Date. 

“Tax Opinion” shall mean, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for federal income tax
purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of the Notes of any outstanding Series or Class that was characterized as debt at the time of its issuance, (b) such action will not cause the Issuer or
the Master Trust to be deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, and (c) such action will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any Noteholder. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time. 

“Transaction Documents” shall mean, for any Series of Notes, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2004-1 Supplement, this Indenture, any Indenture Supplement, the Transfer and Administration Agreement and such other documents and certificates delivered in
connection therewith. 
 “Transfer and Administration Agreement” shall mean the Transfer and Administration
Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2004, among the Issuer, the Transferor and the Administrator, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“Transfer Date” shall mean the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date. 

“Transferor” shall mean WFB Funding, LLC and its successors and permitted assigns. 

  
 16 

 “Trust Agreement” shall mean the Trust Agreement relating to the Issuer,
dated as of April 13, 2004, between the Transferor and the Owner Trustee as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

“Trust Estate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Granting Clause hereof. 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction. 

“Verified Beneficial Owner”shall mean an investor in Notes represented by a Book-Entry Note who has established to the
Indenture Trustee that such investor is a beneficial owner by providing to the Indenture Trustee both a written certification from the investor that it is an investor and one other form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account
statement, a letter from the investor’s broker or dealer, or another similar document. 
 “Weighted Average
Allocation Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period for any Series of Notes, the sum of the Allocation Amount for such Series as of the close of business on each day during such Monthly Period divided by the actual number of
days in such Monthly Period. 
 “WFB” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank and its successors in interest and
permitted assigns. 
 Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. 

(a) With respect to any Series, all terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in
the Trust Agreement, the Transfer and Administration Agreement or the related Indenture Supplement, as applicable. 
 (b) All
terms defined in this Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 

(c) As used in this Indenture and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting
terms not defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given
to them under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable and as in effect on the date of this Indenture. To the extent the definitions of accounting terms in this Indenture or in any such certificate
or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles in the United States, the definitions contained in this Indenture or in any such certificate
or other document shall control. 
 (d) Any reference to each Rating Agency shall only apply to any specific rating agency if
such rating agency is then rating any Outstanding Series. 

  
 17 

 (e) Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or
outstanding on any particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day. 
 (f) The words
“hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Indenture, shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular provision or subdivision of this Indenture; references to
any subsection, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to subsections, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” means “including, without limitation.” 

ARTICLE II 
 THE NOTES

 Section 2.01. Form Generally. The Notes of any Series or Class shall be issued in fully registered form without interest
coupons (the “Registered Notes”). Such Registered Notes shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the applicable Indenture Supplement with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and
other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, the Existing Indenture, the Original Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon, as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note. 
 The Notes shall be typewritten, word-processed, printed,
lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. If specified in any Indenture Supplement, the Notes of any Series or
Class shall be issued upon initial issuance as one or more notes evidencing the aggregate original principal amount of such Series or Class as described in Section 2.10. 

Section 2.02. Denominations. Except as otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement and the Notes, each class of Notes
of each Series shall be issued in fully registered form in minimum amounts of U.S. $250,000 and in integral multiples of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof (except that one Note of each Class may be issued in a different amount, so long as such amount
exceeds the applicable minimum denomination for such Class). 
 Section 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Delivery.
Each Note shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer. 
 Notes bearing the
manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Issuer shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding the fact that such individual ceased to be so authorized
prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or does not hold such office at the date of issuance such Notes. 

  
 18 

 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer
may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement and not
otherwise. 
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or the applicable Indenture Supplement or be valid or obligatory
for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein or in the related Indenture Supplement executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of a
duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

Section 2.04. Authenticating Agent. 

(a) The Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to
act on behalf of the Indenture Trustee in authenticating the Notes in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Notes. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication of Notes
by the Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Issuer. 

(b) Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an
authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any power or any further act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or such authenticating agent. 

(c) An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving notice of resignation to the Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer.
The Indenture Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Issuer and the Servicer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a
termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee may promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent, upon
acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall be
appointed unless acceptable to the Issuer. 
 (d) The Issuer agrees to pay to each authenticating agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 2.04. 
 (e) The provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.04
shall be applicable to any authenticating agent. 

  
 19 

 (f) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 2.04, the Notes may
have endorsed thereon, in lieu of or in addition to the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 

“This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
		
	 	 	,
	 as Authenticating Agent for the Indenture Trustee

  

			
		
	By	 	 
	Name	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory”

 Section 2.05. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes. 

(a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office, a register (the “Note Register”) in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes shall be provided. A note registrar (which may be the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee) (in such capacity, the
“Note Registrar”) shall provide for the registration of Registered Notes and transfers and exchanges of Registered Notes as herein provided. The Note Registrar shall initially be the Indenture Trustee and any
co-note registrar chosen by the Issuer and acceptable to the Indenture Trustee. Any reference in this Indenture to the Note Registrar shall include any co-note registrar
unless the context requires otherwise. 
 The Indenture Trustee may revoke such appointment and remove any Note Registrar if
the Indenture Trustee determines in its sole discretion that such Note Registrar failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture in any material respect. Any Note Registrar shall be permitted to resign as Note Registrar upon
30 days’ notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee; provided, however, that such resignation shall not be effective, and such Note Registrar shall continue to perform its duties as Note Registrar until the Indenture Trustee has
appointed a successor Note Registrar (which may be the Indenture Trustee) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer. 
 Upon
surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of any Registered Note at any office or agency of the Note Registrar maintained for such purpose, one or more new Registered Notes (of the same Series and Class) in authorized denominations of like
tenor and aggregate principal amount shall be executed, authenticated and delivered, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. 

At the option of a Registered Noteholder, subject to the provisions of this Section 2.05, Registered Notes (of the same
Series and Class) may be exchanged for other Registered Notes of authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Registered Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency. 

  
 20 

 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be
the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

The preceding provisions of this Section 2.05(a) notwithstanding, the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, as the case
may be, shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note. 

Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar duly executed by the Noteholder or the attorney-in-fact thereof duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Note Registrar may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or exchange. 

All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange or for payment shall be canceled and disposed of pursuant to
Section 2.09. 
 The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee Registered Notes in such amounts and at
such times as are necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Indenture, the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture, as applicable, and the Notes. 

The transfer and exchange of any Note shall be subject to such additional restrictions (if any) as may be set forth in the
related Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) The Note Registrar will maintain at its expense in St. Paul, Minnesota, an office
or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. 
 Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or
Stolen Notes. If (a) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar, or the Note Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (b) in case of destruction, loss or theft,
there is delivered to the Note Registrar such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture
Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a “protected purchaser,” the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Note Registrar shall deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed,
lost  

  
 21 

 
or stolen Note, a replacement Note of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided, however, that if any such mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Note shall have become, or within seven days shall be, due and payable, or shall have been selected or called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such Note without surrender thereof, except that any
mutilated Note shall be surrendered. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a “protected purchaser” of the original Note in lieu of
which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking
such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a “protected purchaser” and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the
extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith. 
 In connection with
the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.06, the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar) connected therewith. 

Any replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.06 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall
constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of a debt of the Issuer, as if originally issued, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.06 are exclusive and shall
preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

Section 2.07. Persons Deemed Owners. The Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Transferor, the Issuer and
any agent of any of them may, prior to due presentation of a Registered Note for registration of transfer, treat the Person in whose name any Registered Note is registered as the owner of such Registered Note for the purpose of receiving
distributions pursuant to the terms of the applicable Indenture Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Transferor, the Issuer nor any agent of any of them shall
be affected by any notice to the contrary. 
 Section 2.08. Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Noteholders from the Collection Account or applicable Series Account pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Indenture Supplement and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Issuer. Any Paying Agent shall have the
revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or applicable Series Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Issuer may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Issuer determines in its
sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform  

  
 22 

 
its obligations under this Indenture in any material respect. The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of a Paying Agent for the Notes, and to appoint
additional or other Paying Agents, provided that it will at all times maintain the Indenture Trustee as a Paying Agent. In the event any Paying Agent shall resign, the Issuer shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent. The Issuer shall cause
each successor or additional Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an instrument as described in Section 3.03. Any reference in this Indenture to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise. 
 Section 2.09. Cancellation. All
Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any lawful manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the
Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Indenture Trustee shall be destroyed
unless the Issuer shall direct by a timely order that they be returned to the Issuer. 
 Section 2.10. New Issuances.

 (a) Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements, the Issuer may from time to time direct the Indenture Trustee, on
behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes (a “New Issuance”). The Notes of all outstanding Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits of this Indenture without preference, priority
or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or Stated Maturity Date, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement except, with respect to any Series or
Class, as provided in the related Indenture Supplement. The total principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. 

(b) On or before the Series Issuance Date relating to any new Series, the parties hereto will execute and deliver an Indenture
Supplement which will specify the Principal Terms of such new Series. The terms of such Indenture Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Indenture solely as applied to such new Series. The Indenture Trustee shall execute the Indenture
Supplement, and the Issuer shall execute the Notes of such Series and deliver the Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery. The issuance of any such Notes of any new Series (other than any Series issued pursuant to an Indenture
Supplement dated as of the date hereof) shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (i) on or before
the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Series Issuance Date, the Issuer shall have given notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency, if any, that has rated any Series or Class (unless such notice requirement is
otherwise waived) of such issuance and the Series Issuance Date; 

  
 23 

 (ii) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee the related
Indenture Supplement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, executed by each party hereto (other than the Indenture Trustee) and specifying the relevant Principal Terms; 

(iii) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee any related Series Enhancement executed by each of the parties
thereto, other than the Indenture Trustee; 
 (iv) the Rating Agency Condition, if applicable, shall have been satisfied with
respect to such issuance; 
 (v) such issuance will not result in the occurrence of a Default, an Adverse Effect or an Early
Redemption Event for any Series, and the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, dated the Series Issuance Date for such Series, to the effect that (A) the Issuer reasonably believes
such issuance will not, based on the facts known to the Person executing such Officer’s Certificate, have an Adverse Effect or result in the occurrence of a Default or Early Redemption Event for any Series then Outstanding and (B) all
conditions precedent to such execution, authentication and delivery have been satisfied; 
 (vi) the Issuer shall have
delivered to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency, as applicable), a Tax Opinion and Master Trust Tax Opinion dated the Series Issuance Date addressing the New Issuance; 

(vii) such issuance shall satisfy all additional conditions to the issuance of an additional Series of Notes set forth in the
Indenture Supplement for any Outstanding Series of Notes; and 
 (viii) after giving effect to such issuance, the Transferor
would not be required to add Additional Accounts (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.06(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Transferor Interest (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement) would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). 

(c) The Issuer agrees to provide notice of new issuances of Series or Classes of Notes as may be required by and in accordance
with Item 1121(a)(14) of Regulation AB. 
 Section 2.11. Book-Entry Notes. Unless
otherwise specified in any related Indenture Supplement for any Series or Class, the Notes, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or more Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be
delivered to the Clearing Agency  

  
 24 

 
or Foreign Clearing Agency on behalf of the Issuer. The Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency or its nominee, and
no beneficial owner will receive a definitive note representing such beneficial owner’s interest in the Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes (“Definitive Notes”) have been
issued to the applicable beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.13 or as otherwise specified in any such Indenture Supplement: 

(a) the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series; 

(b) the Issuer, the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing
Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes of this Indenture (including the meaning of distributions) as the authorized representatives of the beneficial owners; 

(c) to the extent the provisions of this Section 2.11 conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions
of this Section 2.11 shall control with respect to each such Series; and 
 (d) the rights of the respective beneficial
owners of each such Series shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such beneficial owners
and the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13, the initial Clearing Agency shall make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the related Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants. 

For purposes of any provision of this Indenture requiring or permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Noteholders
evidencing a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Notes, such direction or consent may be given by beneficial owners (acting through the Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants) owning Notes evidencing the
requisite percentage of principal amount of Notes. 
 Section 2.12. Notices to Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.
Whenever a notice or other communication is required to be given to the Noteholders of any Series or Class with respect to which Book-Entry Notes have been issued, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have
been issued to the related beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications to the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, as applicable. 

Section 2.13. Definitive Notes. If Book-Entry Notes have been issued with respect to any
Series or Class and (a)(i) the Issuer advises the Indenture Trustee that the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities with respect to such Series or Class and
(ii) the Issuer is unable to locate and reach an agreement on satisfactory terms with a qualified successor, (b) the Issuer, at its option, advises the Indenture  

  
 25 

 
Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with respect to such Series or
Class or (c) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, beneficial owners of such Series or Class representing not less than 50% of the principal amount of the Book-Entry Notes of such Series or Class
advise the Indenture Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency in writing through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants that the continuation of a book-entry system with
respect to the Notes of such Series or Class is no longer in the best interests of the beneficial owners of such Series or Class, then the Indenture Trustee shall notify all beneficial owners of such Series or Class, through the Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency, as applicable, of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to beneficial owners of such Series or Class requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of any such Notes by the
Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes of such Class and shall recognize the registered
holders of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders under this Indenture. Neither the Issuer nor the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions, and the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely on, and
shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series, all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency shall be
deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the registered Holders of such Definitive Notes of such Series or Class as
Noteholders of such Series or Class hereunder. Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the Note Registrar. 

Section 2.14. Record Date for Voting. The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Noteholders entitled to vote or
consent to any action pursuant to the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement shall be as specified in TIA § 316(c). 

ARTICLE III 

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER 

Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. 

(a) The Issuer will duly and punctually pay principal (and premium, if any) and in accordance with the terms of the Notes as
specified in the relevant Indenture Supplement. 
 (b) The Noteholders of a Series as of the Record Date in respect of a
Payment Date shall be entitled to the interest (if any) accrued and payable and principal (and premium, if any) payable on such Payment Date as specified in the related Indenture Supplement. All payment obligations under a Note are discharged to the
extent such payments are made to the Noteholder of record, subject to the deduction or withholding of any applicable taxes, charges or other levies. 

  
 26 

 Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an office or
agency within St. Paul, Minnesota, where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt notice to the Indenture Trustee, the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Noteholders of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands. 
 Section 3.03. Money for Note Payments To Be Held in Trust. As specified in
Section 8.02 and in the related Indenture Supplement, all payments of amounts due and payable on the Notes which are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account or any Series Account shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by
the Indenture Trustee or by the Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Collection Account or any Series Account shall be paid over to or at the direction of the Issuer except as provided in this Indenture or in the related Indenture
Supplement. 
 Whenever the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent in addition to the Indenture Trustee, it will, on or before the Business
Day next preceding each Payment Date, direct in writing the Indenture Trustee to deposit with such Paying Agent on or before such Payment Date an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due, such sum to be (i) held in trust
for the benefit of Persons entitled thereto and (ii) invested, pursuant to an Issuer Order or at the written direction of the Servicer, as applicable, by the Paying Agent in a specific Eligible Investment in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement. For all investments made by a Paying Agent under this Section 3.03, such Paying Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights and obligations of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture and the
related Indenture Supplement, such rights and obligations being incorporated in this paragraph by this reference. 
 The Issuer will cause
each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Issuer (and if the Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so
agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 3.03, that such Paying Agent will: 
 (a) hold all sums held by it
for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein
provided; 
 (b) give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of
which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes; 

  
 27 

 (c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written
request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; 

(d) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the
payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and 

(e) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any
applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith. 
 The
Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such
sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by such Paying Agent; upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such money. 
 Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, and after such notice required with
respect to Notes not surrendered for cancellation pursuant to Section 10.02(b) is given, any money held by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note remaining unclaimed for two
years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust, and the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall give prompt notice of such occurrence to the Issuer and shall release such money to the
Issuer on Issuer Order; the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer (and then only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer) for payment thereof, and all liability of the Indenture
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the direction of the Issuer cause to
be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The cost of any such notice or publication shall be paid out of funds in the
Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including, but not
limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the
Indenture Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder). 
 Section 3.04. Existence. The
Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any  

  
 28 

 
successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence,
rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes, the Trust Estate and each other related instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate. 

Section 3.05. Protection of Trust. The Issuer will from time to time take all actions necessary, including, without limitation,
preparing, or causing to be prepared, executing and delivering all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, amendments to financing statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and will take
such other action necessary or advisable to: 
 (a) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust Estate as
security for the Notes; 
 (b) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this
Indenture or to carry out more effectively the purposes hereof; 
 (c) perfect, publish notice of, or protect the validity of
any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture; or 
 (d) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights
therein of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders and Series Enhancers (if any) secured thereby against the claims of all Persons and parties. 

The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and
attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required pursuant to this Section 3.05. 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid any taxes levied on all or any part of the Trust Estate securing the Notes. 

Section 3.06. Opinions as to Trust Estate. 

(a) On each Series Issuance Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (with a copy to each
Rating Agency, as applicable) either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken to perfect the lien and security interest of this Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to the recording and filing of
this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements, as are so necessary and reciting the details of such action, or
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such lien and security interest. 

(b) On or before September 30 in each calendar year, beginning in 2004, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken to perfect the lien and security 

  
 29 

 
interest of this Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to the recording, filing, rerecording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other
requisite documents and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements as is so necessary and reciting the details of such action or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is
necessary to maintain the perfection of such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing rerecording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite
documents and the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Indenture until September 30
in the following calendar year. 
 Section 3.07. Performance of Obligations. 

(a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would
release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge or
impair the validity or effectiveness of any such instrument or agreement, except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Transfer and Administration Agreement or such other instrument or agreement. 

(b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance
of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Administrator to assist the Issuer in
performing its duties under this Indenture. 
 (c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and
agreements contained in this Indenture, the Transaction Documents and in the instruments and agreements relating to the Trust Estate, including, but not limited to, filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and amendments to
financing statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Transfer and Administration Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein. 

(d) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the
rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees (i) that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or
surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Transaction Document (except to the extent otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents), or waive timely performance or
observance by an Originator, the Transferor or the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and (ii) that any such amendment shall not (A) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of,
distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders, or (B) reduce 

  
 30 

 
the percentage of the Holders of the principal amount of Outstanding Notes that, by the terms of the Transaction Documents, is required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of
the Holders of all the Notes. If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the Indenture Trustee and such Noteholders, the Issuer agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to do so, to
execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements, instruments, consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. 

Section 3.08. Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall not: 

(a) sell, transfer, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any part of the Trust Estate except as expressly permitted by the
Indenture or the Transfer and Administration Agreement; 
 (b) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from, the principal
and interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from payments under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of any taxes levied or
assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate; 
 (c) incur, assume or guarantee any direct or contingent indebtedness other
than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents; 
 (d) (i) permit the validity or effectiveness of this
Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture
except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (ii) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden
the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof or (iii) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the Trust Estate (other than with respect to a tax,
mechanics’ or similar liens); or 
 (e) voluntarily dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part. 

Section 3.09. Statements as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, within
120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year 2004), an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer’s
Certificate, that: 
 (a) a review of the activities of the Issuer during the immediately preceding calendar year (or
in the case of the calendar year ending December 31, 2004, the period from the Initial Issuance Date to December 31, 2004) and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and 

  
 31 

 (b) to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such
review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized
Officer and the nature and status thereof. 
 Section 3.10. Issuer’s Name, Location, Etc. 

(a) The Issuer’s exact legal name is, and at all times has been, the name that appears for it on the signature page below.

 (b) The Issuer has not used any trade or assumed names. 

(c) The Issuer is, and at all times has been, a “registered organization” (within the meaning of Article 9 of
the UCC), organized solely under the laws of the State of Delaware. 
 (d) The Issuer will not change its name or its type or
jurisdiction of organization unless it has given the Indenture Trustee at least 30 days’ prior written notice of such change. 

Section 3.11. Successor Substituted. 

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, or convey or transfer its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any other Person, unless the Issuer shall have received a Tax Opinion dated the date of such consolidation, merger or transfer (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) and the Rating Agency
Condition shall have been satisfied. 
 (b) Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties
and assets of the Issuer substantially as an entirety in accordance herewith, the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and
be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. 

(c) In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Person named as the Issuer in the first paragraph of this Indenture or
any successor which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture as issued immediately upon the effectiveness of such conveyance or transfer, provided that
the Issuer shall not be released from any obligations or liabilities to the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders arising prior to such effectiveness. 

Section 3.12. No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than the purpose and powers set forth in
Section 2.03 of the Trust Agreement and all activities incidental thereto. 

  
 32 

 Section 3.13. No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and the Notes. 

Section 3.14. Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as contemplated by the Trust Agreement, the Transfer and
Administration Agreement or this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or
performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or
agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person. 

Section 3.15. Removal of Administrator. So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator
without cause unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such removal. 
 Section 3.16.
Tax Treatment. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series, the Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and the Notes will be issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and local
income and franchise tax purposes, (i) the Notes will qualify as indebtedness and (ii) the Issuer shall not be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. The Issuer, by entering into this Agreement,
and each Noteholder by the acceptance of any such Note (and each beneficial owner of a Note, by its acceptance of an interest in the applicable Note), agree to treat such Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as
indebtedness. Each Holder of such Note agrees that it will cause any Person acquiring an interest in such Note through it to comply with this Agreement as to treatment of indebtedness under applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.16.
The parties hereto agree that they shall not cause or permit the making, as applicable, of any election under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 whereby the Issuer or any portion thereof would be
treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and, except as required by Section 6.13 of this Indenture, shall not file tax returns or obtain any federal employer identification number for the Issuer, but shall treat the Issuer as a
security device or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be construed in furtherance of the foregoing intended tax treatment. 

Section 3.17. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies
(with respect to any Series or Class of Notes, as applicable, rated by such Rating Agency) prompt notice of each Event of Default hereunder. 

Section 3.18. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such
further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

Section 3.19. Representations and Warranties With Respect to the Collateral Certificate. The Issuer makes the following
representations and warranties as to the Collateral Certificate. Such representations and warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of the Original Indenture, the Existing Indenture and this Indenture, but shall survive the pledge of the
Collateral Certificate to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 33 

 (a) Title. The transfer and assignment herein contemplated
constitute a grant of a perfected security interest in the Collateral Certificate from the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee. The Collateral Certificate has not been sold, transferred, assigned or pledged by the Issuer to any Person other than
pursuant to this Indenture. Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the Issuer had good and marketable title to the Collateral Certificate free and clear of all liens and rights of others arising from claims against the
Issuer, and, immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Indenture Trustee shall have a first priority perfected security interest therein; and the transfer will be perfected by the filing of appropriate financing statements. The Issuer has no
knowledge of any current statutory or other nonconsensual liens to which the Collateral Certificate is subject. 
 (b)
All Actions Taken. All actions necessary under the applicable UCC in any jurisdiction to be taken to give the Indenture Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral Certificate (including, without limitation,
UCC filings with the Delaware Secretary of State), in each case subject to any statutory or other nonconsensual liens with respect to the Collateral Certificate, have been taken, provided that the filing of all appropriate UCC financing statements
may be made within 10 days of the date hereof pursuant to Section 12(l) of the Transfer and Administration Agreement. 

(c) This Indenture continues to create a valid and continuing security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee in the
Collateral Certificate, which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of the purchasers from the Issuer. 

(d) The Collateral Certificate constitutes either an “account,” a “general intangible,” an
“instrument,” or a “certificated security,” each within the meaning of the UCC. 
 (e) At the time of the
grant of a security interest in the Collateral Certificate to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Original Indenture, the Existing Indenture and this Indenture, the Issuer owned and had good and marketable title to the Collateral Certificate free
and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person arising from claims against the Issuer. 
 (f) The Issuer has
caused or will have caused, within 10 days of the execution of the Original Indenture, the Existing Indenture and this Indenture, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions
under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral Certificate granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. 

(g) Other than the interests transferred and assigned to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Original Indenture, the Existing
Indenture and this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the 

  
 34 

 
Collateral Certificate. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of the Collateral Certificate other
than any financing statements relating to the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Original Indenture, the Existing Indenture and this Indenture or any financing statement that has been terminated. The Issuer is not
aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it. 
 (h) Prior to the transfer of the Collateral Certificate to the
Indenture Trustee, all original executed copies of the Collateral Certificate had been delivered to the Issuer. 
 ARTICLE IV 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of This Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the
Notes except as to (a) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (b) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (c) the rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon,
(d) Sections 3.03, 3.08, 3.09, 3.11, 3.12 and 11.16, (e) the rights and immunities of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, including the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.07, and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee
under Section 4.02, and (f) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture Trustee and payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the
expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes when: 

(a) either: 

(i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (1) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and
which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06, and (2) Notes for whose full payment money is held in trust by the Indenture Trustee and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in
Section 3.03) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (ii) all Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation: 
 (A) have become due and payable; 

(B) will become due and payable in full at the Stated Maturity Date for such Notes; or 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by the Indenture Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; and the Issuer, in the case of clause (1), (2) or (3) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the

  
 35 

 
Indenture Trustee cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such
purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due at the Stated Maturity Date for such Class or Series of Notes or the Redemption
Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement), as the case may be; 

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder or under the Original Indenture or the Existing
Indenture, as applicable, by the Issuer; and 
 (c) the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel, and an Independent Certificate meeting the applicable requirements of subsection 11.01(a) and each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement, to make payments, either directly or through any
Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Noteholders and for the payment in respect of which such moneys have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but
such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or required by law. 
 ARTICLE V 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 5.01. Early Redemption Events. An “Early Redemption Event” with respect to any Outstanding Note of any Series or
Class means any Early Redemption Event specified in the related Indenture Supplement or any one of the following events: 

(a) an Insolvency Event relating to the Transferor shall have occurred; 

(b) a Pay Out Event shall have occurred; or 

(c) the Issuer or the Master Trust shall have become subject to regulation by the Commission as an “investment
company” under the Investment Company Act. 
 The occurrence of either of the events described in clauses (a), (b) and
(c) above will cause an Early Redemption Event for every Series outstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event, a Redemption Period shall commence, and payment on the Notes of each Series will be made in accordance with the
terms of the related Indenture Supplement. 

  
 36 

 Section 5.02. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to any
Outstanding Note of any Series means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of
any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 
 (a) default in the payment
of principal of any Note of that Series when the same becomes due and payable; 
 (b) default in the payment of any interest
on any Note of that Series when the same becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 35 days following the date on which such interest became due and payable; provided, however, such cure period may be modified for
any Class or Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement for such Class or Series; 
 (c) default in the
performance or observance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture in respect of the Notes of that Series (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the performance or observance of which is elsewhere in this Section
specifically dealt with) (all of such covenants and agreements in this Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular Series shall be considered to be for the benefit of the Notes of all Series), or any representation
or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made,
which default has a material adverse effect on the interests of the Noteholders of that Series (or all Series, as applicable) and continues unremedied for 60 days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied
(a “Notice of Default”), shall have been given, by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (i) to the Issuer and the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee or any Series Enhancer, or (ii) to the Issuer, the
Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by Noteholders of any outstanding Series holding Notes evidencing not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount for such Series (or all Series, as applicable); or 

(d) an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuer or the Account Owner shall have occurred. 

The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within five days after the occurrence of any Default, notice in the form of an
Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer of such Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 5.03. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. 

(a) If an Event of Default described in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5.02 should occur and be
continuing for a Series, then and in every such case the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of that Series may declare all the Notes of that Series to be immediately
due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer and the Transferor (and to the 

  
 37 

 
Indenture Trustee if declared by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration, the unpaid principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued, accreted and unpaid interest thereon through the
date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable. 
 (b) If an Event of Default described in paragraph (d)
of Section 5.02 should occur and be continuing, then the unpaid principal of the Notes, together with the accrued or accreted and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall automatically become, and shall be considered to
be declared, due and payable. 
 (c) At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before
a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
of such Series, by notice to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Transferor, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: 

(i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 

(A) all payments of principal of and interest on the Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon the
Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and 
 (B) all sums paid or advanced by the
Indenture Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and outside counsel; and 

(ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such
acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.14. 
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or
impair any right consequent to it. 
 Section 5.04. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture
Trustee. 
 (a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note
when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 35 days following the date on which it became due and payable or (ii) default is made in the payment of principal of any Note, if and to the extent not
previously paid when the same becomes due and payable, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, immediately pay to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for
principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal and, to the extent payments of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest at the applicable Interest Rate, and, in addition thereto, such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and outside counsel. 

  
 38 

 (b) If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the
Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the
Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the Trust Estate or the property of another obligor on the Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law.

 (c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, in its discretion and subject to the
provisions of Sections 5.03, 5.05, 5.13 and 6.01, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders of the affected Series (or all Series, as applicable) under this Indenture by such appropriate Proceedings as the
Indenture Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to
enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law. 

(d) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes of the affected Series or any
Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1811 et seq. or any other applicable federal or
state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, now or hereafter in effect or in case a receiver, conservator, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or other similar official or other applicable
regulatory authority shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or the creditors or property of the
Issuer or such other obligor or Person, the Indenture Trustee, regardless whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and regardless whether the Indenture Trustee shall have
made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.04, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise: 

(i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes
of such Series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture
Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence or
bad faith) and of the Noteholders, of such Series, allowed in any Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor; 

  
 39 

 (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of
the Noteholders of such Series, in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency Proceedings or a Person performing similar functions in comparable Proceedings; and 

(iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all
amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders of such Series and of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf and to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of the Notes of such Series allowed in any judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer; and any trustee, receiver or liquidator, custodian or other similar official or other applicable regulatory authority in any
such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee
such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances
made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith. 
 (e)
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding, except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

 (f) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the
Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for
the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the affected Series as provided herein. 
 (g) In any Proceedings brought by the
Indenture Trustee (except with respect to any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders of the
affected Series, and it shall not be necessary to make any such Noteholder party to any such Proceedings. 

  
 40 

 Section 5.05. Remedies; Priorities. 

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing for any Series, and the Notes of such Series have been
accelerated under Section 5.03, the Indenture Trustee shall (subject to Sections 5.06 and 11.16), do one or more of the following: 

(i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on
the Notes of the affected Series or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer the portion of the Trust Estate allocated to such Series and from any
other obligor upon such Notes monies adjudged due; 
 (ii) sell to a Permitted Assignee all or a portion of the Collateral
Certificate in an amount not to exceed the allocation amount for such accelerated Series at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; and 

(iii) take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the
Noteholders of the accelerated Series hereunder; 
 provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not exercise the remedies
in subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the accelerated Series consent thereto, (B) the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of such sale
distributable to the Noteholders of the affected Series are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that the Trust Estate may not
continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the Holders of not less
than 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of each Class of such affected Series. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (B) and (C) above, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not,
obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose 

(b) If the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property for a Series pursuant to this Article V following the
acceleration of the maturities of the Notes for such Series pursuant to Section 5.03 (so long as such declaration shall not have been rescinded or annulled), it shall pay out the money or property in the following order (unless otherwise
provided in the related Indenture Supplement): 
 FIRST, to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due pursuant to
Section 6.07; 

  
 41 

 SECOND, to Holders of Notes of such Series for amounts due and unpaid on such
Notes for interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture
Supplement, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for interest according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement; 

THIRD, to Holders of Notes of such Series for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal in respect of which or for the
benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts due and payable
on such Notes for principal according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement; 
 FOURTH, to Holders of Notes of
such Series for amounts, if any, that remain owing to such Holders of Notes of such Series after the applications of amounts described in clauses SECOND and THIRD above, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been
collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts remaining due and payable on such Notes according to
the terms of the related Indenture Supplement; 
 FIFTH, to any Series Enhancer for such Series for amounts due and unpaid to
such Series Enhancer under the Series Enhancement, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, according to the terms of the Series Enhancement; and 

SIXTH, to the Transferor. 

(c) In addition to the application of money or property referred to in Section 5.05(b) for an accelerated Series, amounts
then held in the Collection Account or Series Accounts for such Series and any amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series shall be used to make payments to the Holders of the Notes of such Series and the Series Enhancer for such
Series in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement and the Series Enhancement for such Series. Following the sale of the Trust Estate (or portion thereof) for a Series and the application of the proceeds of such
sale to such Series and the application of the amounts then held in the Collection Account and any Series Accounts for such Series as are allocated to such Series and any amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series, such Series
shall no longer be entitled to any allocation of Collections or other property constituting the Trust Estate under this Indenture, and the Notes of such Series shall no longer be Outstanding. 

(d) The Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At
least 15 days before such record date, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid. 

  
 42 

 Section 5.06. Optional Preservation of the Trust Estate. If the Notes of any Series
have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.03 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, and the Indenture Trustee has not received directions from the Noteholders
under Section 5.13, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the portion of the Trust Estate allocated to such Notes. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times
sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate allocated to such Notes. In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such
proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose. 
 Section 5.07. Indenture Trustee May
Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under the Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any
Proceeding relating thereto, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as Indenture Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders and any other parties entitled thereto pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement in respect of which such judgment has
been obtained. 
 Section 5.08. Limitation on Suits. No Noteholder shall have any right to institute any Proceedings,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 

(a) the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Series (or, with respect to any such
action, suit or proceeding that does not relate to all Series, Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Series to which such action or proceeding relates) have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to
institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee; 
 (b) such Noteholder or Noteholders have previously given
notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (c) such Noteholder or Noteholders have offered to the
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; 

(d) the Indenture Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, has failed to
institute any such Proceeding; and 

  
 43 

 (e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the
Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Series (or all Series, as applicable); it being understood and intended that no
one or more Noteholders of the affected Series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or to obtain or to seek
to obtain priority or preference over any other Noteholders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Noteholders except as may otherwise be specified in any
applicable Indenture Supplement. 
 In the event the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity from
two or more groups of Noteholders of the affected Series or of all Series, as the case may be, each representing less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Notes under such Series, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may
determine what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 5.09.
Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, each Noteholder shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of the principal (and
premium, if any) of and interest in respect of such Note as such principal and interest becomes due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such
Noteholder. 
 Section 5.10. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has
instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned, or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the
Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholder shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and
the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 5.11. Rights and Remedies
Cumulative. Except as provided in Section 5.05, no right, remedy, power or privilege herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege, and every right, remedy, power or privilege shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude any other further assertion or the exercise of any other appropriate
right or remedy. 
 Section 5.12. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the
part of the Indenture Trustee or of any Noteholder or other Person, any right or remedy occurring hereunder upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver thereof of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be. 

  
 44 

 Section 5.13. Control by Noteholders. The Holders of a majority of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes of any Series, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing for such Series, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series; provided, however, that, subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.03(d):

 (a) the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to decline any such direction if the Indenture Trustee, after being
advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed is in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture; and 

(b) the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to decline any such direction if the Indenture Trustee in good faith shall, by a
Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, determine that the Proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve the Indenture Trustee in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Noteholders not parties to such direction. 

Section 5.14. Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes of a Series as
provided in Section 5.03, the Holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Series may, on behalf of all such Noteholders, waive in writing any past default, with written notice to the Indenture Trustee, with
respect to the Notes of such Series and its consequences (including an Event of Default), except a default: 
 (a) in
the payment of the principal (or premium, if any) or interest in respect of any Note of such Series, or 
 (b) in respect of
a covenant or provision hereof that under Section 9.02 hereof cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Noteholder of each Outstanding Note of such Series affected. 

Upon any such written waiver, such default, and any Event of Default arising therefrom, shall cease to exist and shall be deemed to have been
cured for every purpose of this Indenture, provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 5.15. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Noteholder by its acceptance thereof shall be
deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any
party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant, provided that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee,
(b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders (in compliance with Section 5.08), in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the principal balance of the outstanding Notes of a Series, or (c) any suit
instituted by any Noteholder for the  

  
 45 

 
enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the date on which any of such amounts was due pursuant to the terms of such Note or the applicable Indenture
Supplement (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the applicable Redemption Date). 
 Section 5.16. Waiver of Stay or Extension
Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, which may adversely affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will
not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 5.17. Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under the Indenture
shall not be affected by the seeking or obtaining of or applying for any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be
impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer. Subject to Section 5.05, any
money or property collected by the Indenture Trustee shall be applied as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement. 

Section 5.18. Sale of Collateral Certificate. 

(a) If the Collateral Certificate (or a portion thereof) is to be sold under the terms of Section 5.05(a)(ii), the
Indenture Trustee shall, unless another method of sale is directed by the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Notes, use its best efforts to sell, dispose or otherwise liquidate the Collateral Certificate (or a portion thereof) by the
solicitation of competitive bids and on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee may from time to time postpone any sale by public announcement made at the time and place of such sale.
The Indenture Trustee hereby expressly waives its right to any amount fixed by law as compensation for any sale. 
 (b) The
Indenture Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney-in-fact of the Issuer in connection with any sale of the Collateral Certificate (or a portion
thereof) pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(ii). No purchaser or transferee at any such sale shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any
moneys. 
 (c) In its exercise of the foreclosure remedy pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(ii), the Indenture Trustee shall
solicit competitive bids from Permitted Assignees for the sale of the Collateral Certificate as shall constitute a part of the Trust Estate. The Indenture Trustee shall sell the Collateral Certificate (or interests therein) to the bidder with the
highest cash purchase offer. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.05(b). 

  
 46 

 ARTICLE VI 

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE 

Section 6.01. Duties of the Indenture Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to a Series of Notes has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) and a
Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee shall have actual knowledge or notice of such Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding principal
amount of such Series, exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s
own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to
perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied duties or covenants by the Indenture Trustee shall be read into this Indenture; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its
part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee, upon receipt of any resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Indenture Trustee which are specifically required to be
furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall give prompt notice to the
Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer and each Rating Agency of any material lack of conformity of any such instrument to the applicable requirements of this Indenture discovered by the Indenture Trustee which would entitle the Holders of a specified
percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of a Series or Class to take any action pursuant to this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. 

(c) In case an Early Redemption Event with respect to a Series of Notes has occurred and is continuing and a Responsible
Officer shall have actual knowledge or notice of such Early Redemption Event, the Indenture Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of such Series, exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct; provided, however, that: 

  
 47 

 (i) this paragraph (d) shall not be construed to limit the effect of
paragraph (a) of this Section 6.01; 
 (ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proven that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with this Indenture and/or the direction of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding (or, with respect to any such action that does not relate to all Series, the Holders of
a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to which such action relates) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, or for
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Indenture Trustee, under this Indenture; 
 (iv) subject to
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01, the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to take notice of or be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Event of Default, Early Redemption Event, breach of representation or warranty,
or any other default unless a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge or shall have received notice thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, receipt by the Indenture Trustee of a final report of the Asset Representation
Reviewer setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review shall not constitute actual knowledge or notice of breach of any representation or warranty. In the absence of receipt of such notice, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively
assume that there is no default; and 
 (v) subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01, the
Indenture Trustee shall have no duty (A) to see any recording, filing or depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or amendment to a financing statement evidencing a security interest, or to see
to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (B) to see any insurance or (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other
governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the Trust Estate other than from funds available in the Collection Account. 

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if there is reasonable ground for believing repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it. 
 (f) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Indenture Trustee is
subject paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 6.01. 

  
 48 

 (g) Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall
have no power to vary the Trust Estate, including, without limitation, by (i) accepting any substitute payment obligation for the Collateral Certificate initially transferred to the Issuer under the Transfer and Administration Agreement,
(ii) adding any other investment, obligation or security to the Issuer or (iii) withdrawing from the Issuer any interest in the Collateral Certificate. 

(h) The Indenture Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for investment losses on Eligible Investments (other than
Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor). 
 (i) The Indenture Trustee shall
notify each Rating Agency promptly of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default, Early Redemption Event or potential Early Redemption Event of which the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge. 

(j) In the event the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner
or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be obligated promptly upon actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof to perform such
obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required. 
 (k) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of,
affecting the liability of, or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. 

Section 6.02. Notice of Early Redemption Event or Event of Default. Upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event or Event of
Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge or has received notice thereof, the Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders as their names and addresses appear on the Note Register and the
Rating Agencies notice of such Early Redemption Event or Event of Default hereunder known to the Indenture Trustee promptly after it occurs or after it receives such notice or obtains actual notice, if later, and in no event more than 90 days
thereafter. 
 Section 6.03. Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 6.01 hereof: 
 (a) the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or
refraining from acting in accordance with any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, Officer’s Certificate, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, or other paper or document reasonably believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Indenture by the proper party or parties; 
 (b)
except during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Indenture Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder,
the Indenture Trustee (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer; 

  
 49 

 (c) as a condition to the taking, suffering or omitting of any action by it
hereunder, the Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel (and upon the advice of such counsel, the Indenture Trustee may consult with investment banking firms, accounting firms and other experts) and the advice of such counsel or an Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance therewith; 

(d) the Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture,
or to honor the request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder in relation hereto, including, without limitation, any mediation or arbitration pursuant to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, unless such Noteholders shall have offered the Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Indenture Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (which has not been cured or waived), to exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and to use the same degree of care or skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs; 

(e) the Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper or document, believed by it to be genuine; 

(f) except as provided in Section 6.14 hereof, the Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, attorney, custodians or nominees
appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
 (g) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any actions taken, suffered or
omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture; 

(h) except as may be required by Section 6.01(b), the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or
periodic examination of any documents or records related to any of the Trust Estate for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Issuer with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose; or

 (i) whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting
the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section; and in the event the Indenture Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent and Note Registrar, the rights and protections afforded to
the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent and Note Registrar. 

  
 50 

 Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals
contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificate of authentication of the Indenture Trustee, shall not be taken as the statements of the Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The
Indenture Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, the Notes, or any related document or as to the perfection or priority of any security interest therein. The Indenture Trustee shall not be accountable
for the use or application by the Issuer of the proceeds from the Notes. 
 Section 6.05. Indenture Trustee May Hold
Notes. The Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and subject to Section 6.11(b)(iii) may otherwise deal
with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent. 

Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Indenture Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds
held by the Indenture Trustee in trust hereunder except to the extent required herein or required by law. The Indenture Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except (i) as otherwise agreed upon
in writing by the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer and (ii) with respect to Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor. 

Section 6.07. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification. 

(a) The Servicer shall pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time such compensation as has been agreed to in writing
between the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee for all services rendered by the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture (which compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Servicer shall
reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it (including, without limitation, expenses incurred in connection with
notices or other communications to the Noteholders), disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including any expenses incurred pursuant to Sections 5.05 and
5.06), any of the Transaction Documents or any Series Enhancement. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, any co-trustee, counsel, accountants and experts, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Servicer shall
indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable fees of either in-house counsel or outside counsel, but not both) incurred by it in connection with the
administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including legal fees and expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee in connection with the enforcement of the Servicer’s indemnification and other obligations hereunder.
The Servicer shall indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable fees of either in-house counsel or outside counsel, but not both) incurred

  
 51 

 
by it in connection with any breach of any representation or warranty of the Servicer set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not be required
to indemnify the Indenture Trustee or otherwise be liable for any loss, liability or expense in connection with a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement a remedy for the breach of which is provided
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Servicer, the Issuer and the Transferor promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Servicer, the Issuer and
the Transferor shall not relieve the Servicer of its obligations hereunder unless such loss, liability or expense could have been avoided with such prompt notification and then only to the extent of such loss, expense or liability which could have
been so avoided. The Servicer shall defend any claim against the Indenture Trustee; provided, however, the Indenture Trustee may choose to have separate counsel and, if it does, the Servicer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The
Servicer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

(b) The Servicer’s payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of
this Indenture; provisions of this Section regarding the reimbursement and indemnification of the Indenture Trustee shall survive the resignation and removal of the Indenture Trustee and the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture Trustee
incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 5.02(d) or (e) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States
Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, the Indenture Trustee’s right to enforce any of the Servicer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 6.07 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.16. 

Section 6.08. Replacement of Indenture Trustee. 

(a) No resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee shall become
effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.08. The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer and the Transferor. The
Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by giving 30 days’ prior notice to the Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the
Indenture Trustee if: 
 (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11; 

(ii) the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Indenture Trustee or all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of 

  
 52 

 
a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling
of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Indenture Trustee; or the Indenture Trustee shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or 

(iii) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee
in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. 

(b) Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of successor indenture trustee pursuant to any of the
provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor indenture trustee as provided in this Section 6.08(b). 

(i) Any successor indenture trustee appointed as provided herein shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer, the
Transferor, the Servicer and to its predecessor indenture trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor indenture trustee shall become effective, and such successor indenture
trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Indenture Trustee herein. The predecessor
indenture trustee shall deliver to the successor indenture trustee all money, other property, documents or copies thereof and statements held by it hereunder; and the Issuer and the predecessor indenture trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor indenture trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. 

(ii) No successor indenture trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance
such successor indenture trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.11. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any
other provisions herein, the appointment of a successor indenture trustee shall not be effective unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied. 

(iv) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor indenture trustee as provided in this Section, such successor indenture
trustee shall provide notice of such succession hereunder to all Noteholders, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer. 

  
 53 

 (c) If a successor indenture trustee does not take office within 30 days
after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee. 
 (d) If the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible in accordance with
Section 6.11, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee. 

(e) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under
Section 6.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee. No Indenture Trustee under this Indenture shall be personally liable for any action or omission of any successor indenture trustee. 

Section 6.09. Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor
indenture trustee, provided that such corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11. Upon such consolidation, merger, conversion or transferor, such successor indenture trustee shall promptly
give each Rating Agency written notice thereof. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion,
consolidation or transfer to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor indenture trustee and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name
of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases, such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere provided in the Notes or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall have. 

Section 6.10. Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee.

 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal
requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for
the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the 

  
 54 

 
Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a
successor trustee under Section 6.11, and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08 hereof. 

(b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions: 
 (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations
conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that
such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
act or acts are to be performed, the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion
thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee; 

(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; 

(iii) the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee; and 
 (iv) prior written notice to each Rating Agency. 

(c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then
separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this
Indenture and the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument
of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the
liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee. 

(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture Trustee
its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its
behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be
exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. 

  
 55 

 Section 6.11. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee shall at all times
be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or the District of Columbia, which (a) is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and (b) is subject to
supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. The Indenture Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, and its long-term unsecured debt shall be rated at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and at least “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s. The Indenture Trustee
(i) shall meet the requirements of Section 26(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, (ii) shall not be an Affiliate of the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Administrator and (iii) shall not offer or provide credit or
credit enhancement to the Issuer; provided, however, U.S. Bank National Association may purchase a Series or Class of Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation
of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met. In case at any time the Indenture Trustee shall cease to
be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.08. 

Section 6.12. Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee represents and warrants that:

 (a) the Indenture Trustee is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization; 
 (b) the Indenture Trustee has full power and authority to deliver and perform this Indenture and has taken
all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture, each Indenture Supplement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party; 

(c) each of this Indenture and other Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the
Indenture Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation and is enforceable against the Indenture Trustee in accordance with its terms; and 

(d) the Indenture Trustee meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 6.11. 

Section 6.13. Tax Returns. In the event the Issuer shall be required to file tax returns, the Servicer shall prepare or shall
cause to be prepared such tax returns and shall provide such tax returns to the Owner Trustee (on behalf of the Issuer) for signature at least five days before such tax returns are due to be filed. The Servicer, in accordance with the terms of each
Indenture Supplement, shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Noteholders and shall deliver such information to the Indenture Trustee (on behalf of the Issuer) at least five days
prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to Noteholders. The Issuer will cause the Owner Trustee, upon written request, to furnish the Servicer with all such information known to the Owner Trustee as may be reasonably requested and
required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Issuer. The Owner  

  
 56 

 
Trustee (on behalf of the Issuer) shall, upon request, execute such returns. In no event shall the Owner Trustee or the Servicer be personally liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the
Issuer or any Noteholder arising under any tax law, including without limitation, federal, state or local income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto arising from a
failure to comply therewith). 
 Section 6.14. Custody of the Trust Estate. The Indenture Trustee shall hold such of the Trust
Estate as constitutes an instrument, tangible chattel paper, a negotiable document, or money in the State of Minnesota, separate and apart from all other property held by the Indenture Trustee. Such of the Trust Estate as constitutes a deposit
account shall be maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee by a bank the jurisdiction of which for purposes of the UCC is the State of New York. The Indenture Trustee shall hold such of the Trust Estate as constitutes investment property
through a securities intermediary, which securities intermediary shall agree with the Indenture Trustee that (a) such investment property shall at all times be credited to a securities account of the Indenture Trustee, (b) such securities
intermediary shall treat the Indenture Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights that comprise each financial asset credited to such securities account, (c) all property credited to such securities account shall be treated as financial assets,
(d) such securities intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated by the Indenture Trustee without the further consent of the Issuer or any other Person or entity, (e) such securities intermediary shall not agree with any
Person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee to comply with entitlement orders originated by any Person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee, (f) such securities accounts and the property credited thereto shall not be subject to any
lien, security interest, encumbrance or right of setoff in favor of such securities intermediary or anyone claiming through it (other than the Indenture Trustee), (g) such agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York,
and (h) such securities intermediary’s jurisdiction for purposes of the UCC shall be the State of New York. Terms used in this Section 6.14 that are defined in the New York UCC or the Minnesota UCC, as applicable, and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the New York UCC or the Minnesota UCC, as applicable. Except as permitted by this Section 6.14, the Indenture Trustee shall not hold any part of the Trust Estate through an
agent or a nominee. 
 Section 6.15. Preferential Collection of Claims Against. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with
TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated 

ARTICLE VII 

NOTEHOLDERS’ LIST AND REPORTS 

Section 7.01. Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the
names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register as of the most recent Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Indenture Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days
after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of  

  
 57 

 
similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such
list shall be required to be furnished. 
 Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders. 

(a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the
Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as
Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 hereof upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 

(b) Within five Business Days after the receipt by the Indenture Trustee of a written application by any three or more
Noteholders stating that the applicants desire to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes, and accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose
to transmit, and by reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Note for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, then the Indenture Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such applicants for
its costs and expenses, shall afford, or shall cause the Note Registrar to afford, such applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Registered Noteholders. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior
to the date of receipt of such applicant’s request. 
 (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and Note Registrar shall
have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 Section 7.03. Payment Instruction to Master Trust. 

(a) Promptly after the receipt by the Issuer of each Monthly Certificateholders’ Statement under the Series 2004-1 Supplement, the Issuer will, in cooperation with the servicer of the Master Trust, complete the Monthly Servicer’s Statement and deliver a copy thereof to the Indenture Trustee and the Master
Trust trustee. 
 (b) From time to time, the Issuer will notify the Servicer under the
Series 2004-1 Supplement of the information necessary to be provided by the Issuer under Section 5.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by the
Series 2004-1 Supplement to calculate the Allocation Amount. 
 Section 7.04. Reports
by Issuer to the Commission.  
 (a) The Issuer will: 

(i) file with the Indenture Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the
Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such 

  
 58 

 
portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 (ii) file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission, in
accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required
from time to time by such rules and regulations; and 
 (iii) supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee
shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA §313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this subsection 7.04(a) as may
be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. 
 (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise
determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year. 
 (c) Delivery of such reports,
information and documents to the Indenture Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Indenture Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information
contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder as to which the Indenture Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on an Officer’s Certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer. 

Section 7.05. Reports by Indenture Trustee. If required by TIA §313(a), within sixty (60) days after each March 31,
beginning with March 31, 2014, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA §313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA §313(a). The Indenture Trustee shall also comply with TIA
§313(b). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each
stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 

ARTICLE VIII 

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS 

Section 8.01. Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and in the related Indenture Supplement, the
Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall hold all such money and property received by it in trust for the Noteholders and shall apply it as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture,
if any default occurs in the making of any  

  
 59 

 
payment or performance under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Indenture Trustee may, and upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes Outstanding shall, take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any
right to claim an Early Redemption Event or an Event of Default under this Indenture and to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V hereof. 

Section 8.02. Collection Account. 

(a) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture Trustee an
Eligible Deposit Account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “Collection Account”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right,
title and interest in all moneys, instruments, investment property and other property credited from time to time to the Collection Account and in all proceeds, earnings, income, revenue, dividends and distributions thereof for the benefit of the
Noteholders. All Available Series 2004-1 Finance Charge Collections, Available Series 2004-1 Principal Collections and other amounts received from the Master
Trust in respect of the Collateral Certificate shall be deposited into the Collection Account. 
 (b) The Collection Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no
right to otherwise deduct from, any fund and other property held in the Collection Account for any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Transferor, the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Collection Account
ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a
new Collection Account meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any moneys, instruments, investment property and other property to such new Collection Account and from the date such new Collection Account is established, it shall be the
“Collection Account.” 
 (c) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account (other than investment earnings and amounts
deposited pursuant to Section 10.02 of this Indenture) shall at the written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. In the absence of written directions from the Servicer,
all funds shall remain uninvested. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under Section 6.14. Investments of funds deposited in the Collection Account during any Monthly Period
shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the close of business on each Transfer Date following such Monthly Period in amounts sufficient to the extent of such funds to make the
required distributions on the following Distribution Date. No such Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may sell, 

  
 60 

 
liquidate or dispose of any such Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the Issuer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of all or part
of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Unless directed by
the Servicer, funds deposited in the Collection Account on a Transfer Date with respect to the immediately succeeding Distribution Date are not required to be invested overnight. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment earnings
(net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be allocated to each Series based on its Series Allocation Percentage and applied as specified in the related Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee
shall bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section nor for the selection of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture (other
than Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor). In addition, the Indenture Trustee shall have no liability in respect of the losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any Eligible Investment
prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer to provide timely written investment direction. 
 Section 8.03. Rights
of Noteholders. The Trust Estate shall secure the obligation of the Issuer to pay the Holders of the Notes of each Series principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, if applicable, to pay the Series Enhancers for Series amounts payable
under the Series Enhancement for each such Series and the other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement. Except as specifically set forth in the Indenture Supplement with respect thereto, the Notes of any
Series or Class shall not have rights to payment from any Series Account or Series Enhancement allocated for the benefit of any other Series or Class. 

Section 8.04. Allocation of Amounts Deposited to the Collection Account to Series. The Indenture Trustee will apply all funds on
deposit in the Collection Account as described in this Article VIII and in each Indenture Supplement. On each Distribution Date, the Available Series 2004-1 Finance Charge Collections and the
Available Series 2004-1 Principal Collections will be allocated to each Series based upon its Allocation Percentage. Amounts so allocated to any Series will not be available to any other Series, except as
specified in the Indenture Supplement for a Series. Defaulted Amounts will be allocated to each Series in an amount equal to the product of such Defaulted Amount and the Allocation Percentage for such Series. 

Pre-Funding Proceeds will be allocated to each Pre-Funded
Series issued on the date that the related Funding Period commenced in an amount equal to the product of (a) such Pre-Funding Proceeds and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of
which is the initial note principal balance of such Pre-Funded Series and the denominator of which is the aggregate initial note principal balance of such Pre-Funded
Series and each other Pre-Funded Series issued on the date the related Funding Period commenced. 

On each Distribution Date, (a) the Servicer shall allocate, with respect to each Group, Shared Principal Collections to each Principal
Sharing Series in such Group, pro rata, in proportion to the Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series and (b) the Servicer shall withdraw from the Collection Account and apply as
Series 2004-1 Shared Principal 

  
 61 

 
Collections in accordance with the Series 2004-1 Supplement an amount equal to the excess, if any, of Shared Principal Collections over Principal
Shortfalls for such Distribution Date. On each Distribution Date, (a) the Servicer shall allocate, with respect to each Group, Excess Finance Charge Collections to each Excess Allocation Series in such Group pro rata, in proportion to the
Finance Charge Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series, and (b) the Servicer shall withdraw from the Collection Account and apply as Series 2004-1 Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections in accordance with the Series 2004-1 Supplement an amount equal to the excess, if any, of Excess Finance Charge Collections over Finance Charge Shortfalls for such Distribution Date. 

Section 8.05. Release of Trust Estate. 

(a) The Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release
property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed
by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys. 

(b) Upon Issuer Order, the Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding, release and transfer,
without recourse, any remaining portion of the Trust Estate (other than any cash held for the payment of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.02) that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person
entitled thereto any funds and other property then credited to the Collection Account and any other account established pursuant to Section 8.02 or an Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this
Indenture pursuant to this Section only upon receipt of an Issuer Order accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel (if required by the TIA) and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§314(c)
and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01. 
 Section 8.06. Opinion of Counsel. The
Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven days’ notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.05(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall receive, as a
condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all
conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture;
provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust Estate. The Indenture Trustee and counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the
accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action. 

  
 62 

 Section 8.07. Distributions and Reports to Noteholders. Distributions shall be made
to, and reports shall be provided to, Noteholders as set forth herein and in the applicable Indenture Supplement. The identity of the Noteholders with respect to distributions and reports shall be determined according to the immediately preceding
Record Date. 
 ARTICLE IX 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 

Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. 

(a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with prior notice to each Rating Agency with respect to the Notes of
all Series rated by such Rating Agency, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 
 (i) to correct or amplify the description of any
property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this
Indenture additional property; 
 (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of
another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer contained herein and in the Notes; 

(iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the
Indenture Trustee; 
 (v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental
indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided, that
such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Series or Class of Outstanding Notes; 
 (vi) to
evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor indenture trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of
the trusts hereunder by more than one indenture trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or 
 (vii) to
provide for the merger of the Master Trust and the Issuer into a single entity or the transfer of assets in the Master Trust and the Transferor 

  
 63 

 
Interest thereunder to the Issuer after the termination of all series of Investor Certificates (other than the Collateral Certificate) if a Tax Opinion shall have been delivered to the Issuer
dated the date of such amendment (and copies thereof shall have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee). 
 The Indenture Trustee is hereby
authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained. 

(b) The Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, also without the consent of
any Noteholders of any Outstanding Notes, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that (i) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, dated the date of any such action, stating
that the Issuer reasonably believes that such action will not have an Adverse Effect and (ii) a Tax Opinion shall have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee and, if there is a Rating Agency with respect to the affected Series or Class of
Notes, to each applicable Rating Agency. Additionally, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an issuer Order, may, without the consent of any Noteholders of any Series then
Outstanding or the Series Enhancers for any Series, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or any portion of the Issuer to avoid
the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes imposed on the Issuer’s property or its income; provided, however, that (i) the Issuer delivers to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the
proposed amendments meet the requirements set forth in this Section 9.01(b), (ii) the Rating Agency Condition will have been satisfied and (iii) such amendment does not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Indenture Trustee
or the Servicer hereunder without its consent. 
 Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer,
the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of each adversely affected Series or Class, as
applicable, of Notes Outstanding, by Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the indenture Trustee, and, to the extent that any such affected Series or Class is rated by a Rating Agency, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition,
enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders under
this Indenture; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(a) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount
thereof, the Interest Rate specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto, change the provisions of this Indenture relating 

  
 64 

 
to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, all or any portion of the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment
where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any interest thereon is payable or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in
Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date); 

(b) reduce the percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of any Series or all Series of Notes Outstanding the
consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their
consequences as provided for in this Indenture; 
 (c) reduce the percentage of the outstanding principal amount of any Notes
the consent of the Holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the Outstanding
Notes of such Series; 
 (d) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of
the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Payment Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the benefit of any
provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; 
 (e) modify or alter the provisions of this
Indenture prohibiting the voting of Notes held by the Issuer, any other obligor on the Notes, the Transferor or any Affiliate thereof; or 

(f) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of
the Trust Estate for any Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any part of the Trust Estate at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided by
the lien of this Indenture. 
 The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes would be affected by any supplemental
indenture and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

 It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. 
 Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, the
Servicer and the Indenture Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates written notice setting

  
 65 

 
forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. 
 Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to
Sections 6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated
to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee’s (as such or in its individual capacity) own rights, duties, liabilities, benefits, protections, privileges or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this
Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture
of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and the terms and conditions of any such
supplemental indenture shall be deemed to be a part of this Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 Section 9.05. Reference in
Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by the
Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be
prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for the Outstanding Notes. 

Section 9.06. Indenture Supplements and Series Enhancers. 

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, no amendment may be made to this Indenture or any
Indenture Supplement that would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Series Enhancer without the consent of such Series Enhancer. 

(b) Any Indenture Supplement executed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 shall not be considered an
amendment or supplemental indenture for the purposes of this Article IX. 
 Section 9.07. Amendments to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset Representations Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders. By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge that the Transferor and the Servicer may agree to an amendment or other
modification of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series 2004-1 Supplement from time to time without the consent of any Noteholder, so long as such amendment or supplement (a) would not have
an Adverse Effect on any Series or Class of Notes and (b) satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. 

  
 66 

 For purposes of any vote, request, consent or demand, or provision regarding investor
communication under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series 2004-1 Supplement that requires the consent or vote of the holder of the Collateral Certificate or references communication amongst
the holders of the Collateral Certificate, each Noteholder will be treated as a holder of the Collateral Certificate under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 2004-1 Supplement holding an
interest in the Collateral Certificate in the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of its Note bears to the total outstanding principal amount of all Notes Outstanding. For purposes of initiating an Asset Representations Review under
Section 15.02(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each Verified Beneficial Owner will be treated as a holder of the Collateral Certificate under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 2004-1 Supplement holding an interest in
the Collateral Certificate in the proportion that the outstanding principal amount of its Note bears to the total outstanding principal amount of all Notes Outstanding. 

By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge that the Transferor, the Servicer, WFB and the Asset Representations Reviewer may
amend the Asset Representations Review Agreement, including the content of any Exhibit to the Asset Representations Review Agreement, without the consent of the Holders of any Investor Certificates (including the Issuer) or any Noteholder:
(i) to comply with any change in any applicable federal or state law, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in the Asset Representations Review Agreement, or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Asset Representations Review Agreement (including the content of any exhibit to the Asset Representations Review Agreement), so long as such amendment shall not, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of any Investor Certificates whose consent has not been obtained (as evidenced by any officer’s certificate of the Transferor delivered to WFB, the Servicer and
the Master Trust Trustee), or (ii) to correct any manifest error in the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement as compared to the terms expressly set forth in an applicable prospectus. 

For purposes of the dispute resolution provisions included in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each
Noteholder and each Verified Beneficial Owner will be treated as a Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 For
purposes of any vote or consent under the Asset Representations Review Agreement that requires the consent or vote of Investor Certificateholders, each Noteholder will be treated as an Investor Certificateholder under the Asset Representations
Review Agreement. 

  
 67 

 ARTICLE X 

TERMINATION 

Section 10.01. Termination of Issuer. The Issuer and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer, the Servicer
and the Indenture Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Indenture Trustee to make payments to Noteholders as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 10.02(b), as provided
in the Trust Agreement. 
 Section 10.02. Final Distribution. 

(a) The Servicer shall give the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency at least 30 days’ prior written notice of
the Payment Date on which the Noteholders of any Series or Class may surrender their Notes, as applicable, for payment of the final distribution on and cancellation of such Notes. Not later than the fifth day of the month in which the final
distribution in respect of such Series or Class is payable to Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to Noteholders of such Series or Class specifying (i) the date upon which final payment of such Series or Class will be made
upon presentation and surrender of Notes of such Series or Class at the office or offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not
applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of such Notes at the office or offices therein specified. The Indenture Trustee shall give such notice to the Note Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given
to Noteholders. 
 (b) Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Noteholders of any Series or Class (or the termination of
the Issuer), except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and any Series Account allocated to such Noteholders shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of such Noteholders and the
Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee shall pay such funds to such Noteholders upon surrender of their Notes, if certificated (and any excess shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Supplement and the Series Enhancement, if any,
for such Series or Class). In the event that all such Noteholders shall not surrender their Notes for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the notice from the Indenture Trustee described in paragraph (a), the Indenture
Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such Noteholders to surrender their Notes for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the second notice all such Notes shall not have been
surrendered for cancellation, the Indenture Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Noteholders concerning surrender of their Notes pursuant to and as described in
Section 3.03. The Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer any moneys or property held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years pursuant to and as described in
Section 3.03. After payment to the Issuer, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 

  
 68 

 ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, Etc. 

(a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this
Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee (x) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with,
(y) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, and (z) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants
meeting the applicable requirements of this Section 11.01, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no
additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (i) a statement that each signatory of such
certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such
signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

(b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any property constituting part of the Trust Estate or other property or securities with
the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture,
furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each Person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of such property
constituting part of the Trust Estate or other property or securities to be so deposited. 
 (ii) Whenever any property or
securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an 

  
 69 

 
Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each Person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or
securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such Person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof. 

(iii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating
the opinion of any signatory thereto as to the matters described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair
value of the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates
delivered pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as
set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 

(iv) Notwithstanding this Section 11.01 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Issuer may (or may direct the
Servicer to) (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Series Accounts as and to the extent permitted or
required by the Transaction Documents. 
 Section 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any case where
several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or
covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or
several documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal
matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Authorized Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon
which such Authorized Officer’s certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer or the Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer or the
Administrator, unless such Authorized Officer or counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

  
 70 

 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests,
consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the
Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency
of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

 Section 11.03. Acts of Noteholders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing and satisfying any requisite percentages as to
minimum number or Dollar value of outstanding principal amount represented by such Noteholders; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture
Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such
instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the
manner provided in this Section 11.03. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or
writing may be proved in any manner which the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be
proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by
the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any transferee thereof) of every Note issued upon the registration thereof in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 Section 11.04. Notices,
etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer, Transferor and Servicer. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by the Indenture to be made upon, given or
furnished to, or filed with: 

  
 71 

 (a) the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder, the Servicer or the Issuer shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing sent via facsimile transmission or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by other means acceptable to the Indenture Trustee),
to the Indenture Trustee sent via facsimile transmission or addressed to it at its Corporate Trust Office; or 
 (b) the
Issuer by the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer or any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at c/o Wells
Fargo Delaware Trust Company, National Association, 919 Market Street, Suite 1600, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention: Corporate Trust Services (facsimile no. (302) 575-2006) or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the
Indenture Trustee and the Servicer by the Issuer. A copy of each notice to the Issuer shall be sent in writing sent via facsimile transmission or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, to the Administrator at
World’s Foremost Bank, 4800 N.W. 1st Street, Suite 300, Lincoln, Nebraska 68521, Attention: Kevin Werts (facsimile
no. (402) 323-4303). The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Transferor, the Servicer or the Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee. 

Section 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice
shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided or subsequently agreed to by the applicable Noteholder) if in writing sent via facsimile transmission or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid,
or national overnight courier service to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In
any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and
any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given. 
 Where this
Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by
Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 

In the event that, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be
impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to
be a sufficient giving of such notice. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice to any Rating Agency, failure to give such notice shall
not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder and shall not under any circumstances constitute a Default, an Event of Default or an Early Redemption Event. 

  
 72 

 Section 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding any provision
of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee, may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying
Agent to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be
made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements. 
 Section 11.07. Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

Section 11.08. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer and the Servicer shall bind
their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents. 

Section 11.09. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 11.10. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person,
other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders and the Transferor any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

Section 11.11. Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then
(notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no
additional interest (other than as specified in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement) shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date. 

Section 11.12. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED THEREIN WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF. 

Section 11.13. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be
deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

Section 11.14. Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such
recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which shall be counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the
Noteholders or any other Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. 

  
 73 

 Section 11.15. Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly,
with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (a) the Indenture Trustee
or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (b) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (c) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may
have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any
unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations hereunder, the Owner Trustee (as such or
in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement. 

Section 11.16. No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and
agree that they will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. 
 Section 11.17. Inspection. The
Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to
make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees, and Independent certified
public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. The Indenture Trustee shall, and shall cause its representatives to, hold in confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be
required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder. 

Section 11.18. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that
(a) this Indenture is executed and delivered by Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, National Association, not individually or personally but solely as owner trustee of the Issuer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested
in it under the Trust Agreement, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Wells Fargo Delaware Trust
Company, National Association but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer and (c) under no circumstances shall Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, National Association be personally liable for the payment of 

  
 74 

 
any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Indenture or
the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party. 
 Section 11.19. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any
provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in the Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.  

ARTICLE XII 
 COMPLIANCE
WITH REGULATION AB 
 Section 12.01. Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness. The Transferor and the Indenture Trustee
acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Article XII is to facilitate compliance by the Transferor with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Transferor shall not exercise its right to request
delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than the Transferor’s compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act). The Indenture Trustee and the Transferor acknowledge that interpretations of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due
to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and the Indenture Trustee agrees to
comply with requests made by the Transferor in good faith for delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB. The Indenture Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable
request by the Transferor for information regarding the Indenture Trustee which is required in order to enable the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a), 1109(b), 1117, 1118, 1119 and 1122 of Regulation AB as it
relates to the Indenture Trustee or to the Indenture Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. 

Section 12.02. Additional Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to
represent to the Transferor, as of the date on which information is provided to the Transferor under Section 12.03 that, except as disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior to such date, to the best of its knowledge, but without independent
investigation: (i) neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Indenture Trustee of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture
Supplement, the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Indenture Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of any indenture,
mortgage, bank credit agreement, note or bond purchase agreement, long-term lease, license or other agreement or instrument to which the Indenture Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, which violation
would have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, or of any judgment or order applicable to the Indenture Trustee; and (ii) there are no
proceedings pending or threatened against the Indenture Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal which, individually or in the  

  
 75 

 
aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the right, power or authority of the Indenture Trustee to enter into this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or to perform its obligations
under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. 
 Section 12.03. Information to Be Provided by the Indenture Trustee. The
Indenture Trustee shall (i) on or before the fifth Business Day of each month, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such information regarding the Indenture Trustee as is requested for the purpose of compliance with Item 1117 of
Regulation AB, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the Indenture Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information.  

The Indenture Trustee shall (i) on or before the fifth Business Day of each January, April, July and October, provide to the Transferor
such information regarding the Indenture Trustee as is required for the purpose of compliance with Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a), 1109(b), 1118 and 1119 of Regulation AB, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the
Indenture Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information. Such information shall include, at a minimum: 

(a) the Indenture Trustee’s name and form of organization; 

(b) a description of the extent to which the Indenture Trustee has had prior experience serving as trustee for asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card receivables; 
 (c) a
description of any affiliation between the Indenture Trustee and any of the following parties to a Securitization Transaction, as such parties are identified in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Transferor in advance of such Securitization
Transaction: 
 (i) the sponsor; 

(ii) any depositor; 

(iii) the issuing entity; 

(iv) any servicer; 

(v) any trustee; 

(vi) any originator; 

(vii) any significant obligor; 

(viii) any enhancement provider or support provider; and 

(ix) any other material transaction party. 

  
 76 

 In connection with the above-listed parties, a
description of whether there is, and if so the general character of, any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction, or understanding that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be
obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from the asset-backed securities transaction, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is
material to an investor’s understanding of the asset-backed securities. 

Section 12.04. Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation. On or before March 15 of each calendar year, commencing
March 15, 2014, the Indenture Trustee shall: 
 (a) deliver to the Transferor a report regarding the Indenture
Trustee’s assessment of compliance with the Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the
Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such report shall be addressed to the Transferor and signed by an authorized officer of the Indenture Trustee, and shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified in Exhibit A or such
criteria as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee; 
 (b) deliver to the Transferor a report of a
registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Transferor that attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Indenture Trustee and delivered pursuant to the preceding paragraph. Such attestation shall be in
accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and 

(c) deliver to the Transferor and any other Person that will be responsible for signing the certification (a “Sarbanes
Certification”) required by Rules 13a-14(d) and 15d-14(d) under the Exchange Act (pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) on behalf of the Master Trust, the Issuer or the Transferor with respect to a Securitization Transaction, a certification substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B
or such form as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee. 
 The Indenture Trustee acknowledges that the parties
identified in clause (iii) above may rely on the certification provided by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to such clause in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission. 

Section 12.05. Investor Communication. In the event either the Issuer or a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee receives a
request from any Person to communicate with a Noteholder or Investor Certificateholder, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall promptly report such request to the Servicer and the Transferor, and shall provide: (i) the name
of the Person making such request; (ii) the date the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, received such request; (iii) to the extent known, a description of the method Noteholders or Investor Certificateholders may use to
contact the Person making such request; and (iv) copies of any documentation the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, receives in connection with such request that serves to verify the identity of the Person making such request as a
Noteholder or Investor Certificateholder. The expenses related to investor communication requests will be paid by the Servicer from its own funds. 

  
 77 

 ARTICLE XIII 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT 

Effective as of the date hereof, (a) this Indenture shall amend and restate in its entirety the Existing Indenture but shall not
constitute a novation thereof, and (b) each reference to the Existing Indenture or the Original Indenture in any of the Transaction documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement delivered in connection therewith shall mean and be a
reference to this Indenture. 
 The parties agree that, notwithstanding the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the liens and security
interests created and provided for under the Original Indenture and the Existing Indenture shall be deemed to be continuously granted and perfected from the earliest date of the granting and perfection of such liens and security interests, whether
under the Original Indenture, the Existing Indenture, this Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents. Nothing herein contained shall in any manner affect or impair the priority of the liens and security interests created and provided for
by the Original Indenture or the Existing Indenture as to the indebtedness and obligations which would otherwise be secured thereby prior to giving effect to this Indenture. 

For the avoidance of doubt, any Indenture Supplement, Series, Note or Class issued under and pursuant to the Original Indenture or the
Existing Indenture and any Noteholder of Outstanding Notes (each as defined in the Original Indenture or the Existing Indenture) shall continue to have the benefits of this Indenture as if such Indenture Supplement, Series, Note or Class were issued
under and pursuant to this Indenture and any such Noteholder shall be deemed a Noteholder under this Indenture. 
 [signature page
follows] 

  
 78 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture
to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized and attested, all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CABELA’S CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
		
	By	 	 Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company,
 National
Association, not in its individual
 capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

  

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Sandra Battaglia
	Name:	 	Sandra Battaglia
	Title:	 	Vice President

  

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Tamara Schultz-Fugh
	Name:	 	Tamara Schultz-Fugh
	Title:	 	Vice President

  

			
	WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, AS SERVICER
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kevin J. Werts
		 	Kevin J. Werts
		 	 Executive Vice President and
 Chief Financial
Officer

 ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED 

WFB FUNDING, LLC, as Transferor 
 By: WFB
Funding Corporation, its 
 managing member 
  

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Kevin J. Werts
		 	Kevin J. Werts
		 	Secretary and Treasurer

 [Signature page to Second Amended and Restated Master Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A 

SERVICING CRITERIA 
 The assessment of
compliance to be delivered by the Indenture Trustee shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”: 
  

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable

Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
		  	General Servicing Considerations	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(i)	  	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(ii)	  	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(iii)	  	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the credit card receivables are maintained.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(iv)	  	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of
the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(v)	  	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information	  	
			
		  	Cash Collection and Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(i)	  	Payments on credit card receivables are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other number of days specified in the
transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(2)(ii)	  	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(2)(iii)	  	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such	  	

  
 A-1 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable

Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
		  	advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(iv)	  	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the
transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(2)(v)	  	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a
foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(2)(vi)	  	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(vii)	  	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations
(A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other
than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in
the transaction agreements.	  	
			
		  	Investor Remittances and Reporting	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(i)	  	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the SEC, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable SEC requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with
timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with	  	

  
 A-2 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable

Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
			
		  	the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the SEC as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal
balance and number of credit card accounts serviced by the servicer.	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(ii)	  	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(3)(iii)	  	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	1122(d)(3)(iv)	  	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	  	X
			
		  	Pool Asset Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(i)	  	Collateral or security on credit card accounts is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(ii)	  	Credit card accounts and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(iii)	  	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(iv)	  	Payments on credit card receivables, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related credit card agreements are posted to the servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or
such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(v)	  	The servicer’s records regarding the credit card accounts agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	  	

  
 A-3 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable

Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	1122(d)(4)(vi)	  	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s credit card account (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in
accordance with the transaction agreements and related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(vii)	  	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the
timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(viii)	  	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a credit card account is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period
specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent credit card accounts including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed
temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(ix)	  	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for credit card accounts with variable rates are computed based on the related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(x)	  	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s credit card agreements, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified
in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable credit card agreements and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of
full repayment of the related credit card account, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xi)	  	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such	  	

  
 A-4 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable

Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
			
		  	payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xii)	  	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xiii)	  	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xiv)	  	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xv)	  	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 A-5 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION 
  

	 	RE:	The Second Amended and Restated Master Indenture dated as of June 14, 2016 (the “Agreement”), among Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust, World’s Foremost Bank and U.S. Bank National
Association 

 I,                 , the
                 of [NAME OF COMPANY] (the “Company”), certify to the Transferor, and its officers, with the knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this
certification, that: 
  

	 	1.	I have reviewed the report on assessment of the Company’s compliance provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Item 1122 of Regulation AB (the “Servicing Assessment”), and the registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance with
Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Exchange Act and Section 1122(b) of Regulation AB (the “Attestation Report”) that were delivered by the Company to the
Transferor pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “Company Information”); 

  

	 	2.	To the best of my knowledge, the Company Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered by the Company Information; 

  

	 	3.	To the best of my knowledge, all of the Company Information required to be provided by the Company under the Agreement has been provided to the Transferor; and 

 

	 	4.	To the best of my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Servicing Assessment or the Attestation Report, the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement. 

  
 B-1EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 WFB Funding,
LLC, 
 Transferor, 

World’s Foremost Bank, 

Servicer 
 and 

U.S. Bank National Association, 

Trustee 
 on behalf of the
Certificateholders 
 of the Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust 

 
  

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 

Dated as of June 14, 2016 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I—DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
		
	 SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONAL
PROVISIONS
	  	 	23	  
		
	 ARTICLE II—CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
	  	 	24	  
		
	 SECTION 2.01 CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES;
PERMITTED ACTIVITIES
	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 2.02 ACCEPTANCE BY
TRUSTEE
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.03 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE TRANSFEROR
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.04 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE TRANSFEROR RELATING TO THE AGREEMENT AND THE RECEIVABLES
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.05 COVENANTS OF THE
TRANSFEROR
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.06 ADDITION OF
ACCOUNTS
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.07 REMOVAL OF
ACCOUNTS
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.08 DISCOUNT OPTION
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 2.09 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
	  	 	47	  
		
	 ARTICLE III – ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES
	  	 	51	  
		
	 SECTION 3.01 ACCEPTANCE AND APPOINTMENT
AND OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 3.02 SERVICING COMPENSATION
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 3.03 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE SERVICER
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.04 REPORTS AND RECORDS FOR
THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 3.05 ANNUAL SERVICER’S
CERTIFICATE
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 3.06 ANNUAL INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS’
SERVICING REPORT
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 3.07 TAX TREATMENT
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 3.08 NOTICES TO THE
TRANSFEROR
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 3.09 REPORTS TO THE
COMMISSION
	  	 	61	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV—RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF
COLLECTIONS
	  	 	62	  
		
	 SECTION 4.01 RIGHTS OF
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 4.02 ESTABLISHMENT OF
ACCOUNTS
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.03 COLLECTIONS AND
ALLOCATIONS
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 4.04 SHARED EXCESS FINANCE
CHARGE COLLECTIONS
	  	 	69	  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE V—[ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT]
	  	 	69	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI—THE CERTIFICATES
	  	 	70	  
		
	 SECTION 6.01 THE CERTIFICATES
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.02 AUTHENTICATION OF
CERTIFICATES
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.03 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER
AND EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 6.04 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST
OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 6.05 PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 6.06 APPOINTMENT OF PAYING
AGENT
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 6.07 ACCESS TO LIST OF
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS’ NAMES AND ADDRESSES
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 6.08 AUTHENTICATING AGENT
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 6.09 NEW ISSUANCES
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 6.10 BOOK-ENTRY
CERTIFICATES
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 6.11 NOTICES TO CLEARING
AGENCY
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 6.12 DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 6.13 GLOBAL CERTIFICATE;
EURO-CERTIFICATE EXCHANGE DATE
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 6.14 MEETINGS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	81	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII—OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE TRANSFEROR
	  	 	81	  
		
	 SECTION 7.01 LIABILITY OF THE
TRANSFEROR
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 7.02 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF, THE TRANSFEROR
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 7.03 LIMITATION ON
LIABILITY
	  	 	83	  
		
	 SECTION 7.04 [RESERVED]
	  	 	83	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII—OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
	  	 	83	  
		
	 SECTION 8.01 LIABILITY OF THE
SERVICER
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 8.02 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF, THE SERVICER
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 8.03 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
OF THE SERVICER AND OTHERS
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 8.04 SERVICER INDEMNIFICATION OF
THE TRUST AND THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 8.05 THE SERVICER NOT TO
RESIGN
	  	 	85	  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 8.06 ACCESS TO CERTAIN
DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE RECEIVABLES
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 8.07 DELEGATION OF
DUTIES
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 8.08 EXAMINATION OF
RECORDS
	  	 	87	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX—PAY OUT EVENTS
	  	 	87	  
		
	 SECTION 9.01 PAY OUT
EVENTS
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 9.02 ADDITIONAL RIGHTS UPON
THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS
	  	 	88	  
		
	 ARTICLE X—SERVICER DEFAULTS
	  	 	88	  
		
	 SECTION 10.01 SERVICER DEFAULTS
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 10.02 TRUSTEE TO ACT;
APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 10.03 NOTIFICATION TO
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 10.04 WAIVER OF PAST
DEFAULTS
	  	 	93	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI—THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	93	  
		
	 SECTION 11.01 DUTIES OF
TRUSTEE
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 11.02 CERTAIN MATTERS AFFECTING
THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 11.03 TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR
RECITALS IN CERTIFICATES
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 11.04 TRUSTEE MAY OWN
CERTIFICATES
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 11.05 THE SERVICER TO PAY
TRUSTEE’S FEES AND EXPENSES
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 11.06 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR
TRUSTEE
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 11.07 RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL
OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 11.08 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE
	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 11.09 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 11.10 APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 11.11 TAX RETURNS
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 11.12 TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE
CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF CERTIFICATES
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 11.13 SUITS FOR
ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 11.14 RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
TO DIRECT TRUSTEE
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 11.15 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 11.16 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE
OR AGENCY
	  	 	102	  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE XII—TERMINATION
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 12.01 TERMINATION OF
TRUST
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 12.02 OPTIONAL PURCHASE
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 12.03 FINAL PAYMENT WITH
RESPECT TO ANY SERIES
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 12.04 TERMINATION RIGHTS OF
HOLDER OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 12.05 DEFEASANCE
	  	 	105	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIII—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	106	  
		
	 SECTION 13.01 AMENDMENT
	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 13.02 PROTECTION OF RIGHT,
TITLE AND INTEREST TO TRUST
	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 13.03 LIMITATION ON RIGHTS
OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 13.04 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 13.05 NOTICES
	  	 	110	  
	 SECTION 13.06 SEVERABILITY OF
PROVISIONS
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 13.07 ASSIGNMENT
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 13.08 CERTIFICATES NON-ASSESSABLE
AND FULLY PAID
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 13.09 FURTHER ASSURANCES
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 13.10 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE
REMEDIES
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 13.11 COUNTERPARTS
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 13.12 THIRD-PARTY
BENEFICIARIES
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 13.13 ACTIONS BY
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 13.14 RULE 144A INFORMATION
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 13.15 MERGER AND
INTEGRATION
	  	 	113	  
	 SECTION 13.16 HEADINGS
	  	 	113	  
	 SECTION 13.17 NO BANKRUPTCY
PETITION
	  	 	113	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIV – COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB
	  	 	113	  
		
	 SECTION 14.01 INTENT OF THE PARTIES;
REASONABLENESS
	  	 	113	  
	 SECTION 14.01 ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES OF THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	114	  
	 SECTION 14.03 INFORMATION TO BE
PROVIDED BY THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	114	  
	 SECTION 14.04 REPORT ON ASSESSMENT
OF COMPLIANCE AND ATTESTATION
	  	 	115	  
	 SECTION 14.05 ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES OF THE SERVICER
	  	 	116	  
	 SECTION 14.06 INFORMATION TO BE
PROVIDED BY THE SERVICER
	  	 	116	  
	 SECTION 14.07 USE OF SUBSERVICERS
AND SERVICING PARTICIPANTS
	  	 	118	  

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE XV – ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW TRIGGERS
	  	 	119	  
		
	 SECTION 15.01 DELINQUENCY TRIGGER
	  	 	119	  
	 SECTION 15.02 INVESTOR ACTION TO
INITIATE AN ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW
	  	 	120	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	Form of Transferor Certificate
	Exhibit B	  	Form of Assignment of Receivables in
		  	Additional Accounts
	Exhibit C	  	Form of Monthly Servicer’s Certificate
	Exhibit D	  	Form of Annual Servicer’s Certificate
	Exhibit E	  	Form of Opinion of Counsel Regarding
		  	Additional Accounts
	Exhibit F	  	Form of Annual Opinion of Counsel
	Exhibit G	  	Form of Reassignment of Receivables
	Exhibit H	  	Form of Reconveyance of Receivables
	Exhibit I	  	Servicing Criteria
	Exhibit J	  	Form of Annual Certification

 SCHEDULES 
  

			
	Schedule 1	  	List of Accounts [Deemed Incorporated]

 THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of June 14, 2016,
is made by and among WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company, as Transferor, World’s Foremost Bank, a Nebraska state banking corporation, as Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee, and amends and restates the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “Existing PSA”), which amends and
restates the Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2003 (the “Prior PSA”), which amends and restates the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2001 (the “Original
PSA”), as the same has been further amended prior to the date hereof by and between World’s Foremost Bank, as Transferor and Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Existing PSA, and to restate it in its entirety. 

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and the
Certificateholders: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01 Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: 

“60+-Day Delinquency Rate” shall mean, for any Monthly Period, the delinquency rate
calculated as a ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the aggregate dollar amount of Receivables that are 60 or more days delinquent to the aggregate dollar amount of all of the Receivables, measured as of the end of such Monthly Period. 

“AAA” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.09(b)(i). 

“Account” shall mean each VISA® and MasterCard®* credit card account, established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement between the Credit Card Originator and any Person identified by account
number and by the Receivable balance as of the Cut Off Date and as of each Addition Date in each computer file or microfiche list delivered to the Trustee by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.06. The definition of Account shall
include each Transferred Account. The term “Account” shall be deemed to refer to an Additional Account only from and after the Addition Date with respect thereto, and the term “Account” shall be deemed to refer to any Removed
Account only prior to the Removal Date with respect thereto. 
 “Account Information” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 2.02(b). 
  

	*	VISA® and MasterCard® are federally registered servicemarks of VISA U.S.A., Inc. and of MasterCard
International Inc., respectively. 

  
 1 

 “Accumulation Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any Class
within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period, which shall be the accumulation or other period in which Collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated in an account for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of such Series,
or a Class within such Series, in each case as defined with respect to such Series in the related Supplement. 
 “Addition
Date” shall mean each date as of which Additional Accounts will be included as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06. 

“Additional Accounts” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(a). 

“Adjustment Amount” has the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(c). 

“Affiliate” of any Person shall mean any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 “Aggregate Investor Default Amount” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the
related Supplement. 
 “Aggregate Investor Interest” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Investor
Interests of all Series of Certificates issued and outstanding on such date of determination. 
 “Aggregate Investor
Percentage” with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, as the case may be, shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Investor Percentages of all Series of
Certificates issued and outstanding on such date of determination; provided, however, that the Aggregate Investor Percentage shall not exceed 100%. 

“Agreement” shall mean this Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all amendments hereof and
supplements hereto, including any Supplement. 
 “Allocated Interchange” shall mean the Interchange allocated to the
Accounts and sold to the Transferor pursuant to Article V(p) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 “Amortization
Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any Class within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period during which principal is distributed to Investor Certificateholders, which shall be the controlled amortization period,
the principal amortization period, the rapid amortization period, or other amortization period, in each case as defined with respect to such Series in the related Supplement. 

“Annual Membership Fee” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for annual
membership fees or similar terms. 
 “Applicants” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.07. 

  
 2 

 “Asset Representations Review” shall have the meaning assigned to the term
“Review” in the Asset Representation Review Agreement. 
 “Asset Representations Review Agreement” shall mean
that certain Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, among the Transferor, WFB, the Servicer and the Asset Representations Reviewer. 

“Asset Representations Reviewer” shall mean Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and its
successors and any entity resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party, and any successor asset representations reviewer appointed as provided in the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 “Asset Review Quorum “ shall mean Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing at least 5% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of Investor Certificates outstanding. 
 “Assignment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.06(c)(ii). 
 “Authorized Newspaper” shall mean a newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York printed in the English language (and, with respect to any Series or Class, if and so long as the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, in Luxembourg,
printed in any language satisfying the requirements of such exchange) and customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. 

“Average Principal Receivables” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables at the end of each day during such period divided by (b) the number of days in such period. 

“Bank Portfolio” shall mean the MasterCard and VISA accounts owned by the Credit Card Originator. 

“Bearer Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

“Bearer Rules” shall mean the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, in effect from time to time, governing the treatment
of bearer obligations, including sections 163(f), 871, 881, 1441, 1442 and 4701, and any regulations thereunder including, to the extent applicable to any Series, Proposed or Temporary Regulations. 

“Book-Entry Certificates” shall mean certificates evidencing a beneficial interest in
the Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 6.10; provided, that after the occurrence of a condition whereupon
book-entry registration and transfer are no longer authorized and Definitive Certificates are to be issued to the Certificate Owners, such certificates shall no longer be
“Book-Entry Certificates.” 
 “Business Account” shall mean any credit
card account pursuant to which the Obligor is a corporation, partnership or other business entity and not an individual. 

  
 3 

 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York, Lincoln, Nebraska or St. Paul, Minnesota (or, with respect to any Series, any additional city specified in the related Supplement) are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

 “Cash Advance Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for cash
advance fees or similar terms. 
 “CEDEL” shall mean Cedel Bank, société anonyme. 

“Certificate” shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of any Series or the Transferor Certificate. 

“Certificateholder” or “Holder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in the
Certificate Register and, if applicable, the holder of any Bearer Certificate or Coupon, as the case may be or such other Person deemed to be a “Certificateholder” or “Holder” in any related Supplement. 

“Certificate Interest” shall mean interest payable in respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article
IV of the Supplement for such Series. 
 “Certificate Owner” shall mean, with respect to a
Book-Entry Certificate, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as may be reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books
of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency). 

“Certificate Principal” shall mean principal payable in respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to
Article IV of this Agreement. 
 “Certificate Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates (or, for any
Series with more than one Class, for each Class of such Series), the percentage (or formula on the basis of which such rate shall be determined) stated in the related Supplement. 

“Certificate Register” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 6.03, providing for the registration of
the Certificates and transfers and exchanges thereof. 
 “Class” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the
classes of Certificates of that Series as specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Clearing Agency” shall mean an
organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 

“Clearing Agency Participant” shall mean a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from
time to time a Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency. 

  
 4 

 “Closing Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date of issuance of
such Series of Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Collateral Interest” shall have the meaning, with
respect to any Series, specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Collection Account” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 4.02(a). 
 “Collections” shall mean all payments (including Insurance Proceeds) received by the Servicer in
respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, ATM transfers or other form of payment in accordance with the Credit Card Agreement in effect from time to time on any Receivables. A Collection processed on an Account in
excess of the aggregate amount of Receivables in such Account as of the Date of Processing of such Collection shall be deemed to be a payment in respect of Principal Receivables to the extent of such excess. Collections with respect to any Monthly
Period shall include the amount of Allocated Interchange (if any) allocable to any Series of Certificates pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent received by the Trust and deposited into the Finance Charge
Account or any Series Account as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly Period), to be applied as if such amount were Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for all purposes. 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission and its successors. 

“Companion Series” shall mean (i) each Series which has been paired with another Series (which Series may be prefunded
or partially prefunded), such that the reduction of the Investor Interest of such Series results in the increase of the Investor Interest of such other Series, as described in the related Supplements, and (ii) such other Series. 

“Corporate Trust Office” shall mean the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust
business shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is located at 180 East Fifth Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101. 

“Coupon” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

“Credit Adjustment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(c). 

“Credit Card Agreement” shall mean the agreement and Federal Truth in Lending Statement for MasterCard and VISA credit card
accounts between any Obligor and the Credit Card Originator, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time. 

“Credit Card Guidelines” shall mean the Credit Card Originator’s policies and procedures relating to the operation of
its credit card business, including, without limitation, the policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers, the extension of credit to credit card customers, the debt deferral and debt cancellation programs of
WFB and relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of credit card receivables, as such policies and procedures may, in accordance with this Agreement, be amended from time to time. 

  
 5 

 “Credit Card Originator” shall mean WFB. 

“Credit Enhancement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the subordination, the cash collateral guaranty or account,
collateral interest, collateral invested amount, letter of credit, surety bond, insurance policy, spread account, maturity liquidity facility, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, reserve account, cross-support feature or any
other contract or agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders of such Series (or Certificateholders of a Class within such Series) as designated in the applicable Supplement. 

“Credit Enhancement Provider” shall mean the Person or Persons providing any Credit Enhancement, other than (except to the
extent otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the Supplement for such Series) the Certificateholders of any Series or Class which is subordinated to another Series or Class. 

“Cut Off Date” shall mean February 28, 2001. 

“Date of Processing” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the date on which such transaction is first recorded on the
Servicer’s computer master file of VISA and MasterCard accounts (without regard to the effective date of such recordation). 

“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship,
bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, readjustments of debt, marshalling of assets or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from time to
time in effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 “Default Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Defaulted
Account, the amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables) in such Defaulted Account on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account. 

“Defaulted Account” shall mean each Account with respect to which, in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines or the
Servicer’s customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables, the Servicer has charged-off the Receivables in such Account as uncollectible; an Account shall become a Defaulted Account
on the day on which such Receivables are recorded as charged off as uncollectible on the Servicer’s computer master file of VISA and MasterCard accounts. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any Receivables in a Defaulted Account that
are Ineligible Receivables shall be treated as Ineligible Receivables rather than Receivables in Defaulted Accounts. 

“Defeasance” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.05(a). 

“Definitive Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10. 

“Delinquency Trigger” shall mean each occurrence, as determined by the Servicer, where the
Three-Month Average 60+-Day Delinquency Rate equals or exceeds the then-current Delinquency Trigger Rate. 

  
 6 

 “Delinquency Trigger Rate” shall mean, initially, 2.40%, which percentage will
be reviewed and may be adjusted from time to time as set forth in subsections 15.01(b) and (c). 
 “Depository” shall
have the meaning specified in Section 6.10. 
 “Depository Agreement” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the
agreement among the Transferor, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the related Supplement. 

“Determination Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in the related Series Supplement, the second Business Day prior
to each Transfer Date. 
 “Discounted Percentage” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.08. 

“Discount Option Receivables” shall mean, with respect to any Series, Principal Receivables designated by the Transferor that
are transferred to the Trust at a specified discount, which discount is applied such that the discounted portion of Collections of such Principal Receivables are treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, as specified with respect to such
Series in the related Supplement. 
 “Discount Option Receivable Collections” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 2.08. 
 “Distribution Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c). 

“Distribution Date” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the dates specified in the related Supplement. 

“Dollars”, “$” or “U.S. $” shall mean United States dollars. 

“Draft Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for any draft fees or
similar terms. 
 “Effective Date” shall mean February 4, 2003. 

“Eligible Account” shall mean, as of the Cut Off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts as of the relevant Addition
Date), each Account owned by the Credit Card Originator, other than Business Accounts: 
 (a) which is in existence and
maintained with the Credit Card Originator; 
 (b) which is payable in Dollars; 

(c) the Obligor on which has provided, as its most recent billing address, an address which is located in the United States or
its territories or possessions; 
 (d) which the Credit Card Originator has not classified on its electronic records as
counterfeit, cancelled, bankrupt, fraudulent, stolen or lost; 

  
 7 

 (e) which the Credit Card Originator has not charged off in its customary and
usual manner for charging off such Accounts as of the Cut Off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the relevant Addition Date); 

(f) the Obligor on which has not been identified by the Credit Card Originator as being deceased; 

(g) the Obligor on which is not a federal, state or local government or agency or instrumentality thereof; 

(h) which has not been sold or pledged to any other party; and 

(i) which does not contain a Receivable that has been sold or pledged to any other party. 

“Eligible Receivable” shall mean each Receivable: 

(a) which has arisen under an Eligible Account (on the Cut Off Date, in the case of Accounts conveyed to the Trust on the
Initial Closing Date and, on each Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts); 
 (b) which was created in compliance,
in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit Card Originator and pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement which complies, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Credit Card Originator;

 (c) with respect to which all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with,
any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Credit Card Originator in connection with the creation of such Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Card Originator of the Credit Card
Agreement pursuant to which such Receivable was created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect as of such date of creation; 

(d) as to which, at the time of and at all times after the creation of such Receivable, the Credit Card Originator, the
Transferor or the Trust had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted pursuant to subsection 2.05(b)); 

(e) which at all times will be the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable against such
Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’
rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity); 

  
 8 

 (f) which constitutes an “account” under and as defined in
Article 9 of the UCC as then in effect in the applicable jurisdiction; 
 (g) which is no more than 90 days past due as
of the Cut Off Date or Addition Date, as applicable; 
 (h) which does not have an account holder known by the Transferor to
be deceased; 
 (i) that has been the subject of either a valid transfer and assignment from the Transferor to the Trust of
all the Transferor’s right, title and interest therein or the grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein (and in the proceeds thereof), effective until the termination of the Trust; 

(j) that, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, has not been waived or modified except as permitted hereunder; 

(k) as to which, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, the Credit Card Originator and the Transferor have satisfied all
obligations to be fulfilled at the time that it is transferred to the Trust; 
 (l) that at the time of its transfer to the
Trust, is not subject to any setoff, right of rescission, counterclaim, or other defense of the Obligor (including the defense of usury), other than defenses arising out of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general; and 
 (m) as to which, at the time of its
transfer to the Trust, neither the Credit Card Originator nor the Transferor has taken any action that would, or failed to take any action the omission of which would, at the time of its transfer to the Trust, impair the rights of the Trust or the
Certificateholders therein. 
 “Eligible Servicer” shall mean the Trustee, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Trustee, or an
entity which, at the time of its appointment as Servicer, (a) is servicing a portfolio of consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts, (b) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the
Accounts, (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the Servicer is then currently using to service the Accounts or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its duties under this Agreement,
(d) has demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and care and (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most
recent fiscal quarter. 
 “Enhancement Invested Amount” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in
the related Supplement. 
 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time. 

  
 9 

 “Euroclear Operator” shall mean Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the
Euroclear System. 
 “Excess Allocation Series” shall mean each Series which, under the terms of the related Supplement, is
designated as an Excess Allocation Series and which, under the terms of the related Supplement, provides that Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections from that Series will be available for allocation to other Excess Allocation Series. 

“Excess Funding Account” means the account established in accordance with subsection 4.02(f) hereof. 

“Excess Funding Amount” means the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, exclusive of interest (including
reinvested interest) and other investment income and earnings thereon. 
 “Exchange” shall mean either of the procedures
described under Section 6.09. 
 “Exchange Date” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to
an Exchange, specified in Section 6.09. 
 “Exchange Notice” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued
pursuant to an Exchange, specified in Section 6.09. 
 “Existing PSA” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals
to this Agreement. 
 “Extended Trust Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 12.01(a). 

“FDIC” shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 

“Fees for Documents” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for fees for
documents or similar terms. 
 “Finance Charge Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b). 

“Finance Charge Receivables” shall mean Receivables created in respect of the Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership
Fees, Membership Dues, Cash Advance Fees, Overlimit Fees, Fees for Documents, Returned Payment Check Fees, Stop Payment Fees, Returned Access Check Fees and Late Payment Fees and similar fees and charges, and Special Fees to the extent such Special
Fees are categorized as Finance Charge Receivables. Finance Charge Receivables with respect to any Monthly Period shall include the amount of Interchange (if any), Recoveries (if any), Discount Option Receivables (if any), interest and other
investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, and other amounts allocable to any Series of Certificates pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent
received by the Trust and deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account, as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly Period). 

  
 10 

 “Floating Principal Allocation” shall have the meaning specified in the related
Supplement. 
 “Foreign Clearing Agency” shall mean CEDEL and the Euroclear Operator. 

“Global Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.13. 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean the United States of America, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 

“Group” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series in which the related Supplement specifies that such
Series shall be included. 
 “Indenture” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of
June 14, 2016, among Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust, the Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Indenture Supplement” shall mean a supplemental indenture to the Indenture relating to a series of notes. 

“Ineligible Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.04(d)(iii). 

“Initial Closing Date” shall mean March 23, 2001. 

“Initial Investor Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the amount stated in the related
Supplement. 
 “Insolvency Event” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.01(a). 

“Insurance Proceeds” shall mean any amounts recovered by the Servicer pursuant to any credit insurance policies or debt
deferral or debt cancellation programs covering any Obligor with respect to Receivables under such Obligor’s Account, including amounts recovered through reserves in connection with such programs. 

“Interchange” shall mean interchange fees payable to the Credit Card Originator, in its capacity as credit card issuer,
through VISA USA, Inc. and MasterCard International Incorporated. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 
 “Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended from time to time. 

  
 11 

 “Investor Account” means each of the Finance Charge Account, the Principal
Account, the Distribution Account and the Excess Funding Account. 
 “Investor Certificate” shall mean any one of the
certificates (including, without limitation, the Bearer Certificates, the Registered Certificates or the Global Certificates) issued by the Trust, executed by the Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form (or forms in the
case of a Series with multiple classes) of the investor certificate attached to the related Supplement or such other interest in the Trust deemed to be an “Investor Certificate” in any related Supplement. 

“Investor Certificateholder” shall mean the holder of record of an Investor Certificate. 

“Investor Charge-Off” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in the applicable Supplement. 

“Investor Default Amount” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related
Supplement. 
 “Investor Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 

“Investor Interest” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.

 “Investor Percentage” shall have, with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in
Defaulted Accounts, and any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Late Payment Fees”
shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for late fees or similar terms. 

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, participation or equity interest, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement filed for informational purposes only) or
comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any assignment pursuant to Section 7.02 shall not be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Maximum Addition Amount” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, with respect to any Addition Date, the
number of accounts originated by the Credit Card Originator after the Cut Off Date designated by the Transferor as Additional Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06 without prior Rating Agency confirmation of its then existing rating of any Series
of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding described under subsection 2.06(c) (vii) which would either (a) with respect to any three consecutive Monthly Periods commencing on March 23, 2001 be equal to the product of
(i) 15% and (ii) the number of Accounts as of the first 

  
 12 

 
day of the calendar year during which such Monthly Periods commence (or the Cut Off Date, in the case of 2001) or (b) with respect to any twelve-month period equal to the product of
(i) 20% and (ii) the number of Accounts as of the first day of such twelve-month period; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal balance in the Additional Accounts specified in clause (a) or clause
(b) above, as the case may be, shall exceed either (y) the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables determined as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period (or in the case of any
Addition Date occurring on or before January 1, 2002, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on the Initial Closing Date) minus the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the date each such Additional Account was added to
the Trust in all of the Accounts owned by the Credit Card Originator that have been designated by the Transferor as Additional Accounts since the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period or the Initial Closing Date, as the case may be, or
(z) the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables determined as of the first day of the calendar year in which such Addition Date occurs (or in the case of an Addition Date occurring on or before
December 31, 2001, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on the Initial Closing Date) minus the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the date each such Additional Account was added to the Trust in all of the Accounts
owned by the Credit Card Originator after the Cut Off Date that have been designated by the Transferor as Additional Accounts since the first day of such calendar year or the Initial Closing Date, as the case may be, the Maximum Addition Amount
shall be an amount equal to the lesser of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables specified in either clause (y) or clause (z) of this proviso. 

“Membership Dues” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for membership
dues or similar terms. 
 “Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of the numerators
used to calculate the Investor Percentages with respect to the allocation of collections of Principal Receivables for each Series then outstanding minus the Excess Funding Amount. 

“Minimum Transferor Interest” shall mean 5% (or such other percentage as specified in the related Supplement) of the Average
Principal Receivables; provided, however, that the Transferor may reduce the Minimum Transferor Interest upon (w) delivery to the Trustee of a Tax Opinion with respect to such reduction, (x) 30 day’s prior notice to the
Trustee, each Rating Agency and any Credit Enhancement Provider entitled to receive such notice pursuant to the relevant Supplement, (y) written confirmation from the Rating Agency that such reduction will not result in the reduction or
withdrawal of the respective ratings of each Rating Agency for any Series outstanding and (z) delivery to the Trustee and each such Credit Enhancement Provider of an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Transferor reasonably believes
that such reduction will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, then or thereafter cause a Pay Out Event to occur with respect to any Series; provided further that the Minimum Transferor
Interest shall not at any time be less than 2%. 
 “Monthly Period” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in any Supplement,
the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of a calendar month. 

  
 13 

 “Monthly Servicer Report” shall mean, a report substantially in the form
attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, with such changes as the Servicer may determine to be necessary or desirable; provided, however, that no such change shall serve to exclude information required by the Agreement or any
Supplement. 
 “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“New Issuance” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 

“New Issuance Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 

“New Issuance Notice” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 

“Notice Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(c)(i). 

“Obligor” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such
Account, including any guarantor thereof. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed by the President,
Treasurer, Chief Operating Officer (or any more senior officer) of the Managing Member of the Transferor or of the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Person providing
the opinion, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee; provided, however, that any Tax Opinion or other opinion relating to federal income tax matters shall be an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel. 

“Original PSA” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. 

“Overlimit Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for overlimit fees
or similar terms. 
 “Pay Out Commencement Date” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Series, the date on which a
Trust Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.01 and (b) with respect to any Series, the date on which a Series Pay Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to the Supplement for such Series. 

“Pay Out Event” shall mean, with respect to each Series, a Trust Pay Out Event or a Series Pay Out Event. 

“Paying Agent” shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.06 and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Perfection Representations and Warranties” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth below: 

  
 14 

 (a) General. This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security
interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof in favor of the Trust, which (i) in the case of existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon execution of this Agreement against
creditors of and purchasers from the Transferor, or with respect to then existing Receivables in Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date, and which will be enforceable with respect to Receivables hereafter and thereafter created and
the proceeds thereof upon such creation, in each case as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws, now or hereafter in effect, and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity) and
(ii) upon filing of the financing statements described in subparagraph (d) below and, in the case of Receivables hereafter created, upon the creation thereof, will be prior to all other Liens (other than Liens permitted pursuant to
subparagraph (c) below). 
 (b) Accounts. The Receivables constitute “accounts” within the meaning of
UCC Section 9-102. 
 (c) Creation. Immediately prior to the conveyance
of the Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, the Transferor owns and has good and marketable title to the Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person; provided that nothing in this clause (c) shall
prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Transferor from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for any taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Transferor or the RPA Seller shall currently be contesting
the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto. 

(d) Perfection. The Transferor has caused or will have caused, within ten days of the Effective Date, the filing of
all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted by the Transferor to the Trust under this Agreement in the Receivables arising
in the Accounts designated to the Trust as of the Effective Date, and (if any additional filing is so necessary) within 10 days of the applicable Addition Date, in the case of such Receivables arising in Additional Accounts. 

(e) Priority. Other than the security interest granted to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, the Transferor has not
pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables. The Transferor has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Transferor that include a description of
collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement (i) relating to the security interest granted to Trust hereunder or (ii) that has been terminated. 

(f) Judgments, Tax Liens. The Transferor is not aware of any judgments or tax lien filings against the Transferor. 

  
 15 

 “Periodic Finance Charges” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for finance charges (due to periodic rate) or any similar term. 
 “Permitted
Investments” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Supplement with respect to any Series, (a) book-entry securities or negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in
bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of or fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) demand deposits and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds
sold by any depositary institution or trust company (including the Trustee or any Affiliate of the Trustee, acting in its commercial capacity) incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of
foreign depository institutions or trust companies) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depositary institution authorities; provided, however, that at the time of the Trust’s investment, the
certificates of deposit or short-term deposits of such depositary institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of P-1 and A-1+, respectively; (iii) commercial paper, bank notes or any other debt obligation having, at the time of the Trust’s investment, a rating from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of P-1 and A-1+, respectively; (iv) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in clause (a)(ii) above; and
(v) repurchase agreements transacted with either (A) an entity subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code or (B) a financial institution insured by the FDIC or a broker-dealer with retail
customers that is under the jurisdiction of the Securities Investors Protection Corp., in each case having a rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s; (b) demand deposits
in the name of the Trust or the Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) investments in money market funds rated AAA or AAAm-g by Standard & Poor’s and Aaa or P-1 by Moody’s; provided, however, that the Trust shall exercise any voting rights it may have in connection with any investment in a money market fund only in a manner consistent with the
recommendation of the board of directors of such money market fund or, in the case of an unincorporated money market fund, the recommendation of such Person or Persons performing similar functions of such unincorporated money market fund; and
(d) any other investment, the making of which would not compromise the qualification of the Trust under Statement of Financial Standards No. 140, if each Rating Agency confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely affect its
then current rating of the Investor Certificates, provided that such investment will not, based on an Opinion of Counsel, cause the Trust to be treated as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. Any Permitted Investment may be purchased by or through the Trustee or any of its affiliates. The Trustee may trade with itself or an Affiliate on market terms in the purchase or sale of such Permitted Investments. 

“Person” shall mean any legal person, including any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of similar nature. 

“Pool Index File” shall mean the file on the Servicer’s computer system that identifies MasterCard and VISA accounts of
the Credit Card Originator, which file is designated by the Credit Card Originator as its “Pool Index File.” 

  
 16 

 “Portfolio Reassignment Price” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.04(e). 
 “Principal Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b). 

“Principal Receivable” shall mean each Receivable other than (i) Finance Charge Receivables, and (ii) Receivables
in Defaulted Accounts. A Receivable shall be deemed to have been created at the end of the day on the Date of Processing of such Receivable. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables
shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such day. Any Receivables which the Transferor is unable to transfer as provided in subsection 2.05(d) shall not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables. 
 “Principal Shortfalls” shall mean, with respect to a Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all
outstanding Series that the related Supplements specify are “Principal Shortfalls” for such Transfer Date. 
 “Principal
Terms” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to a New Issuance, specified in subsection 6.09(c). 

“Prior PSA” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. 

“Qualified Dispute Resolution Professional” shall mean an attorney or retired judge that is independent, impartial, and
knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York, specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience and whose name is on a list of neutral parties maintained by the AAA. 

“Qualified Institution” shall mean (i) a depositary institution, which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws
of the United States or any one of the States thereof including the District of Columbia, the deposits in which are insured by the FDIC and which at all times has a short-term unsecured debt rating of at least
A-1 by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s or (ii) a depositary institution acceptable to each Rating Agency; provided, however,
that an institution which shall have corporate trust powers and which maintains the Collection Account, the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account, any Series Account or any other account maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders and
each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement) as a fully segregated trust account with the trust department of such institution shall not be required to meet the foregoing rating
requirements, and need only at all times have a long-term unsecured debt rating of investment grade by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s so long as Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s is a Rating Agency; provided,
further, however, that if such depositary institution is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer, (y) the written consent of any Credit Enhancement Provider shall have been previously obtained and (z) the requirement of
clause (i) of this definition shall have been fulfilled. 
 “Rating Agency” shall mean, with respect to each Series,
the rating agency or agencies, if any, selected by the Transferor to rate the Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement. 

“Reassignment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.07(b)(ii). 

  
 17 

 “Reassignment Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.04(e). 

“Receivable” shall mean any amount owing by an Obligor under an Account including, without limitation, amounts owing for the
payment of goods and services, cash advances, access checks, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance Fees, Periodic Finance Charges, Late Fees and credit insurance premiums and Special Fees, if any to the extent transferred to the Trust prior to the
Effective Date or sold to the Transferor under the Receivables Purchase Agreement. 
 “Receivables Purchase Agreement”
shall mean the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, between RPA Seller and the Transferor, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time. 

“Record Date” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period. 

“Recoveries” shall mean all amounts received (net of out-of-pocket costs of collections) including Insurance Proceeds, with
respect to Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, provided that for so long as such amounts cannot be traced to specific receivables, including the Receivables, Recoveries shall mean such amount allocated to the Receivables as the Servicer shall
reasonably estimate, on or prior to each Determination Date. 
 “Registered Certificates” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 6.01. 
 “Regulation AB” shall mean Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17
C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1125, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting releases (including
Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (January 7, 2005) and
Asset-Backed Securities Disclosure and Registration, Securities Act Release No. 33-9638, 79 Fed. Reg. 57,184 (September 24, 2014)) or by the staff of the
Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time. 
 “Removal Date” shall mean the date
on which Receivables in certain designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to the Transferor. 
 “Removal Notice
Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.07(a). 
 “Removed Accounts” shall have the meaning
specified in subsection 2.07(a). 
 “Representing Party” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.09(a). 

“Requesting Party” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.09(a). 

“Required Designation Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.08(a). 

“Requirements of Law” for any Person shall mean the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental 

  
 18 

 
Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject, whether federal, state or local (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth
in Lending Act and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). 
 “Responsible
Officer” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any Vice President, any Assistant Secretary, any Trust Officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by any person who at the time shall be an above-designated officer and in each case having direct responsibilities for administration of this Agreement, with respect to a
particular officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. Any notice delivered to such corporate trust department shall be identified as follows:
Attention: Corporate Trust Officer on behalf of Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust, Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2013; and therefore such notice shall have been deemed to be delivered
to the appropriate Corporate Trust Officer. 
 “Returned Access Check Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit
Card Agreement applicable to each Account for returned access check fees or similar terms. 
 “Returned Payment Check Fees”
shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for returned payment check fees or similar terms. 

“Revolving Period” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in the related Supplement. 

“RPA Seller” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank in its capacity as RPA Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 “Rules” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(b)(i). 

“Sarbanes Certification” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c). 

“Second Restatement Date” means December 6, 2013. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securitization Transaction” shall mean any new issuance of Investor Certificates pursuant to Section 6.09, or new notes
issued by the Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust, whether publicly offered or privately placed, rated or unrated. 

“Series” shall mean any series of Investor Certificates, which may include within any such Series a Class or Classes of
Investor Certificates subordinate to another such Class or Classes of Investor Certificates. 
 “Series Account” shall mean
any account or accounts established pursuant to a Supplement for the benefit of such Series. 

  
 19 

 “Series Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning
specified pursuant to the Supplement for the related Series. 
 “Series Servicing Fee Percentage” shall mean, with respect
to any Series, the amount specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Series Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any
Series of Certificates, the date stated in the related Supplement. 
 “Service Transaction Fees” shall have the meaning
specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for any service transaction fees or similar terms. 

“Servicer” shall mean initially World’s Foremost Bank and its permitted successors and assigns and thereafter any Person
appointed as successor as herein provided to service the Receivables. 
 “Servicer Default” shall have the meaning
specified in Section 10.01. 
 “Servicing Criteria” shall mean the “servicing criteria” set forth in
Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB, as amended. 
 “Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02.

 “Servicing Officer” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and
servicing of the Receivables whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may from time to time be amended. 

“Servicing Participant” shall mean, for purposes of Article XIV of this Agreement, any Person, other than the Trustee,
that is a “party participating in the servicing function” as defined in Instruction 2 to Item 1122 of Regulation AB. 

“Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all
outstanding Series that the related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” for such Transfer Date. 

“Shared Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series
that the related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Shared Principal Collections” for such Transfer Date. 

“Special Fees” shall mean Receivables which are Draft Fees, Service Transaction Fees and any other fees which are not now but
from time to time may be assessed on the Accounts. On or after the date on which any of such Special Fees begin to be assessed on the Accounts, the Transferor may designate in an Officer’s Certificate whether such Special Fees shall be treated
as Principal Receivables or Finance Charge Receivables. 
 “Standard & Poor’s” shall mean Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Services. 

  
 20 

 “Stop Payment Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for stopping payment on a check issued to access such Account or similar terms. 

“Subservicer” shall mean, for purposes of Article XIV of this Agreement, any Person, other than the Servicer or the
Trustee, that is a “servicer” as defined in Item 1101(j) of Regulation AB. 
 “Successor Servicer” shall
have the meaning specified in subsection 10.02(a). 
 “Supplement” or “Series Supplement” shall mean, with
respect to any Series, a supplement to this Agreement complying with the terms of Section 6.09 of this Agreement, executed in conjunction with any issuance of any Series of Certificates (or, in the case of the issuance of Certificates on the
Initial Closing Date, the supplement executed in connection with the issuance of such Certificates). 
 “Tax Opinion” shall
mean with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (a) for federal income tax purposes such action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series or
Class that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) following such action the Trust will not be deemed to be an association taxable as a corporation (or publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation) (or federal
income tax purposes and for Nebraska corporate income or franchise tax purposes for such other state in which the Servicer may perform its primary servicing activity with respect to the Trust) and (c) for federal income tax purposes such action
will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series or Class that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance. 

“Termination Notice” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in subsection 10.01(d). 

“Third Restatement Date” means June 14, 2016. 

“Three-Month Average 60+-Day Delinquency
Rate” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the 60+-Day Delinquency Rates for the three Monthly Periods immediately preceding such date of determination divided by
(b) three. 
 “Transaction Documents” shall mean, at any time, this Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the
Supplements for each outstanding Series, the insurance and reimbursement agreements entered into with any Credit Enhancement Provider, any documents pursuant to which any outstanding Investor Certificate is sold and any other document designated as
a Transaction Document in any of the foregoing. 
 “Transfer Agent and Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 6.03 and shall initially be the Trustee. 

  
 21 

 “Transfer Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in the related
Supplement, with respect to any Series, the Business Day immediately prior to each Distribution Date. 
 “Transferor” shall
mean prior to the Effective Date, World’s Foremost Bank and on and after the Effective Date, WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company, and its successors in interest and permitted assigns. 

“Transferor Certificate” shall mean the certificate executed by the Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A and exchangeable as provided in Section 6.09; provided, that at any time there shall be only one Transferor Certificate. 

“Transferor Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 6.09(b). 

“Transferor Interest” shall mean, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus the
Excess Funding Amount plus the principal amount on deposit in any Principal Account or Principal Funding Account (if any, as defined in any Supplement) at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination, minus the
Aggregate Investor Interest at the end of such day, minus the aggregate Enhancement Invested Amounts, if any, for each Series outstanding at the end of such day, minus the aggregate Collateral Interests not included in the Aggregate
Investor Interests, if any, for each Series outstanding at the end of such day. 
 “Transferor Percentage” shall mean, on
any date of determination, when used with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Aggregate Investor Percentage with respect to such categories
of Receivables. 
 “Transferor Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02. 

“Transferred Account” shall mean (a) an Account with respect to which a new credit card account number has been issued
under circumstances resulting from a lost or stolen credit card or from the transfer from one program to another program and not requiring standard application and credit evaluation procedures under the Credit Card Guidelines or (b) an Eligible
Account resulting from the conversion of an Account that was a standard account to a premium account or from a premium account to a standard account, and which in either case can be traced or identified in the Pool Index File with the designation
“S” as a Transferred Account into which an Account has been transferred by reference to or by way of the computer files or microfiche lists delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.06. 

“Trust” shall mean the Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust created by this Agreement. 

“Trust Assets” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01. 

“Trust Extension” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 12.01(a). 

  
 22 

 “Trust Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning
specified in Section 9.01. 
 “Trust Termination Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) unless a Trust
Extension shall have occurred, the first Business Day after the Distribution Date on which the Investor Interest, the Collateral Interest, the Enhancement Invested Amount and any other interest issued by the Trust, as applicable, for each Series is
zero, (ii) if a Trust Extension shall have occurred, the Extended Trust Termination Date, and (iii) March 31, 2031. 

“Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, and its successors and any corporation
resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee appointed as herein provided. 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction. 

“Undivided Interest” shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust evidenced by an Investor Certificate. 

“WFB” shall mean World’s Foremost Bank and its successors in interest and permitted assigns. 

“Zero Balance Account” shall mean an Account with a Receivable balance of zero which the Servicer will remove from its
computer master file of VISA and MasterCard accounts. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitional Provisions. 

(a) All terms defined in any Supplement or this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (b) As used herein and in any certificate or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.01, and accounting terms partially defined in Section 1.01 to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them
under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting
principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall control. 
 (c) The agreements,
representations and warranties of World’s Foremost Bank in this Agreement and in any Supplement in each of its capacities as Transferor prior to the Effective Date and as Servicer shall be deemed to be the agreements, representations and
warranties of World’s Foremost Bank solely in each such capacity for so long as World’s Foremost Bank acts in each such capacity under this Agreement. 

  
 23 

 (d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder”
and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to any Supplement or this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or any Supplement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references
contained in this Agreement or any Supplement are references to Sections, subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement or any Supplement unless otherwise specified. If the Servicer determines to change any Exhibit, the Servicer shall,
upon making such determination, deliver to the Trustee and each Rating Agency an Officer’s Certificate to which shall be annexed the form of the related Exhibit, as so changed. Upon the delivery of such Officer’s Certificate to the
Trustee, the related Exhibit, as so changed, shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute such Exhibit. The Trustee may conclusively rely upon such Officer’s Certificate in determining whether the related Exhibit, as changed, conforms to
the requirements of this Agreement. The Servicer shall not be entitled to change the form of Monthly Servicer Report without the prior written consent of the Trustee. 

ARTICLE II 
 CONVEYANCE
OF RECEIVABLES; 
 PERMITTED ACTIVITIES; 

ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES 

Section 2.01 Conveyance of Receivables; Permitted Activities. The Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set-over, and otherwise convey to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement), without recourse,
all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Cut Off Date in the case of Receivables arising in the initial Accounts, and on each Addition Date, in
the case of Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts, and in each case thereafter created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge
Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all proceeds of such Receivables, all Insurance Proceeds, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, all Allocated Interchange and all
Recoveries relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Trust Assets”). 
 In
connection with such transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance, the Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements (including any continuation statements with respect to such financing statements when applicable)
meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the assignment of the Receivables and the proceeds thereof to the Trustee, and to deliver a
file-stamped copy of such financing statements or continuation statements or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.01, consist of telephone confirmation of such filing)
to the Trustee on or prior to the date of issuance of the Certificates, and in the case of any continuation statements filed pursuant to this Section 2.01, as soon as practicable after 

  
 24 

 
receipt thereof by the Transferor. The foregoing transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance to the Trust shall be made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and any reference in this
Agreement to any transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance to the Trust shall be construed as transfer, assignment, set-over, and conveyance to the Trustee. 

In connection with such transfer, the Transferor agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the Initial Closing Date (i) to indicate in
the Pool Index File maintained in its computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts (other than any Additional Accounts) have been transferred to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the
Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement) by identifying such Accounts in the Pool Index File with the designation “S,” and to cause the Servicer to make
a similar notation in its computer files, which notation shall remain so long as they remain Accounts or Additional Accounts, as applicable, hereunder, and (ii) to deliver to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and
complete list of all such Accounts, identified by account number and setting forth the Receivable balance as of the Cut Off Date. Such file or list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement, delivered to the Trustee as confidential and
proprietary, and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. The Transferor and the Servicer each agrees not to alter the file designation referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph with respect to any Account during the term
of this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes a Removed Account, a Defaulted Account or a Zero Balance Account. The Transferor shall hold such information with respect to the Accounts and Transferred Accounts, prior to delivery thereof to
the Trustee, in trust for the benefit of the Trustee. 
 The parties hereto intend that each transfer of Receivables and other property
pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment constitute a sale, and not a secured borrowing, for accounting purposes. If, and to the extent that, such transfer is not deemed to be a sale, or, if for any reason any Receivable is held to be the
property of the Transferor, the Transferor shall be deemed to have granted and the Transferor does hereby grant, to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein
or in a related Supplement) a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Trust Assets. This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 

Pursuant to the written request of the Transferor, the Trustee shall cause Certificates in authorized denominations evidencing the entire
interest in the Trust to be duly authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the Transferor pursuant to Section 6.02. 
 The
permitted activities of the Trust are hereby declared to be: 
 (a) accepting and holding Receivables and other assets
conveyed to it under the terms of this Agreement or any Assignment and the collections and proceeds thereof; accepting and holding, Credit Enhancement, passive financial assets and passive derivative financial instruments; 

(b) servicing or providing for the servicing of the Trust Assets; 

  
 25 

 (c) issuing Certificates and other interests in the Trust Assets; 

(d) receiving Collections and making payments and distributions on such Certificates and interests in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement and any Series Supplement; 
 (e) engaging in other activities that are necessary or incidental to
accomplish these limited activities and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the Series Supplements. 
 By executing this Agreement
and the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto and thereto do not intend to cancel, release or in any way impair the conveyances previously made by the Transferor under the Existing PSA or the Prior PSA or by the Credit Card Originator,
as “Transferor” under the Original PSA. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree as follows: 

(a) The Trust created by and maintained under the Original PSA, the Prior PSA and the Existing PSA shall continue to exist and
be maintained under this Agreement. 
 (b) All series of Certificates issued under the Existing PSA, the Prior PSA and the
Original PSA shall constitute Series issued and outstanding under this Agreement, and any Supplement executed in connection with such Series shall constitute a Supplement executed hereunder. 

(c) All references to the Existing PSA, the Prior PSA or the Original PSA in any other instruments or documents shall be deemed
to constitute references to this Agreement. All references in such instruments or documents to the Credit Card Originator as “Transferor” of receivables and related assets under the Original PSA shall be deemed to constitute references to
the Transferor in such capacity hereunder. 
 (d) The Transferor hereby assumes and agrees to perform all obligations of the
Credit Card Originator, as “Transferor” (but not as “Servicer”), under or in connection with the Original PSA (as amended and restated by the Prior PSA), the Prior PSA (as amended and restated by the Existing PSA), the Existing
PSA (as amended and restated by this Agreement) and any Supplements to the Existing PSA, the Prior PSA or the Original PSA, as applicable. 

(e) To the extent this Agreement requires that certain actions are to be taken as of the Initial Closing Date or another date
prior to the Third Restatement Date, execution of such action by the Credit Card Originator or the Transferor under the Original PSA, the Prior PSA or the Existing PSA shall constitute satisfaction of such requirement. 

  
 26 

 Section 2.02 Acceptance by Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the Trust Assets now existing and
hereafter created, conveyed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.01, and declares that it shall hold such right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider
(as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement). The Trustee further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Transferor delivered to the Trustee the computer file
or microfiche list described in the third paragraph of Section 2.01. 
 (b) The Trustee hereby agrees not to disclose to
any Person any of the account numbers or other information contained in the computer files or microfiche lists delivered to the Trustee by the Transferor pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.06 and 2.07 (“Account Information”) except as is
required in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder or in enforcing the rights of the Certificateholders or to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 10.02, as mandated pursuant to any Requirement of Law applicable
to the Trustee or as requested by any Person in connection with financing statements filed against the Bank. The Trustee agrees to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by the Credit Card Originator, the Transferor and the Servicer to
protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information, and, in connection therewith, shall allow the Credit Card Originator, the Transferor and the Servicer to inspect the Trustee’s security and confidentiality arrangements
from time to time during normal business hours. In the event that the Trustee is required by law to disclose any Account Information, the Trustee shall provide the Credit Card Originator, the Transferor and the Servicer with prompt written notice,
unless such notice is prohibited by law, of any such request or requirement so that the Credit Card Originator, the Transferor or the Servicer may request a protective order or other appropriate remedy. The Trustee shall make best efforts to provide
the Transferor, the Credit Card Originator and the Servicer with written notice no later than five days prior to any disclosure pursuant to this subsection 2.02(b). 

(c) The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trustee
other than as contemplated in this Agreement. 
 Section 2.03 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor
hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Third Restatement Date, the Second Restatement Date, the Effective Date, each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional Accounts, the related Addition Date: 

(a) Organization and Good Standing. The Transferor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in
good standing under the laws of the State of Nebraska and has full power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently

  
 27 

 
conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to execute and deliver to the Trustee the
Certificates pursuant hereto. 
 (b) Due Qualification. The Transferor is duly qualified to do business and is in good
standing as a foreign limited liability company (or is exempt from such requirements), and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would render
any Credit Card Agreement relating to an Account owned by the Credit Card Originator or any Receivable transferred to the Trustee by the Transferor unenforceable by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee or would have a material adverse effect
on the interests of the Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider hereunder or under any Supplement. 
 (c)
Due Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the Certificates by the Transferor and the consummation of
the transactions provided for in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party have been duly authorized by the Transferor by all necessary action on its part. 

(d) No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party
and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any
of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Transferor is a party or
by which it or any of its properties are bound. 
 (e) No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof
will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor. 
 (f) No Proceedings. There
are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transferor, threatened against the Transferor before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality
(i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Certificates, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the
performance by the Transferor of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability
of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Certificates or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust. 

  
 28 

 (g) Eligibility of Accounts. As of the Cut Off Date, each Account was an
Eligible Account and no selection procedures adverse to the Investor Certificateholders or the Credit Enhancement Provider have been employed by the Transferor in selecting the Accounts from among the Eligible Accounts in the Bank Portfolio. 

(h) WFB’s Deposit Accounts. Deposits in the Credit Card Originator’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC
to the limits provided by law. 
 (i) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other
actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof have been obtained. 

For the purposes of the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.03 and made by the Transferor on the Effective Date,
“Certificates” shall mean the Certificates outstanding or issued on such date. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.03 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Trustee,
and termination of the rights and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.01. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, with respect to any Series of Certificates, as of its Closing Date, unless otherwise stated
in such Supplement, that the representations and warranties of the Transferor set forth in Section 2.03 are true and correct as of such date (for the purposes of such representations and warranties, “Certificates” shall mean the
Certificates issued on the related Closing Date). Upon discovery by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to
the others. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any breach of representation and warranty unless it has received written notice or obtained actual knowledge thereof. 

Section 2.04 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables. 

(a) Binding Obligation; Valid Transfer and Assignment. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that
as of the Third Restatement Date, the Second Restatement Date, the Effective Date, each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional Accounts, the related Addition Date: 

(i) This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except (A) as 

  
 29 

 
such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’
rights in general and the rights of creditors of insured depository institutions, and (B) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). 

(ii) This Agreement constitutes either (A) a valid transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance to the Trustee of all
right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Cut Off Date, in the case of the Receivables arising in the initial Accounts, and on each Addition Date, in the case of the Receivables
arising in the Additional Accounts relating to such Addition Date, and in each case thereafter created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, and all other Trust Assets, and all of such property will be held by the Trustee free and
clear of any Lien except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b), (y) the interest of the Transferor as Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (z) the Transferor’s right, if any, to interest accruing on, and investment
earnings, if any, in respect of the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account, as provided in this Agreement or the related Supplement, or (B) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the
applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Trustee, which is enforceable with respect to the existing Receivables (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts), the proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto upon execution and
delivery of this Agreement, and which will be enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter created, the proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, upon such creation. If this Agreement constitutes the grant of a security
interest to the Trustee in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements described in Section 2.01 and in the case of the Receivables hereafter created and proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, upon such
creation, the Trustee shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b). Neither
the Transferor nor any Person claiming through or under the Transferor shall have any claim to or interest in the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Distribution Account or any Series Account, except for the Transferor’s rights
to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account and Principal Account as provided in this Agreement (or, if applicable, any Series Account as provided in any Supplement) and, if this Agreement
constitutes the grant of a security interest in such property, except for the interest of the Transferor in such property as a debtor for purposes of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction. 

(b) Eligibility of Receivables. The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee as of the Initial Closing
Date, the Third Restatement Date, the Second Restatement Date, the Effective Date, each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional Accounts, the related Addition Date, that: 

  
 30 

 (i) Each Receivable is an Eligible Receivable as of the Cut Off Date or the
Addition Date, as applicable. 
 (ii) Each Receivable then existing has been conveyed to the Trustee free and clear of any
Lien (other than Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b)) and in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator. 

(iii) With respect to each Receivable then existing, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or
declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Credit Card Originator or the Transferor in connection with the conveyance of such Receivable to the Trustee have been duly obtained, effected or given
and are in full force and effect. 
 (iv) On each day on which any new Receivable is created, the Transferor shall be deemed
to represent and warrant to the Trustee that (A) each Receivable created on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (B) each Receivable created on such day has been conveyed to the Trustee in compliance, in all material respects, with all
Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator, (C) with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority
required to be obtained, effected or given by the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator in connection with the conveyance of such Receivable to the Trustee have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect and
(D) the representations and warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(a) and subsection 2.06(c)(iv) are true and correct with respect to each Receivable created on such day as if made on such day. 

(v) As of the Effective Date, Schedule 1 to this Agreement, and as of the applicable Addition Date and Removal Date with
respect to Additional Accounts and Removed Accounts, as the case may be, the related computer file or microfiche list referred to in Section 2.06 or Section 2.07, as applicable, is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects
of all the Accounts as of the end of the most recent Monthly Period, or with respect to Additional Accounts or Removed Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date or Removal Date, as the case may be, and the information contained therein with
respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the end of the most recent Monthly Period or such applicable Addition Date or Removal Date, as the case may be. As of
the Cut Off Date, the aggregate amount of Receivables in all the Accounts was $339,210,850.97, of which $336,764,680.66 were Principal Receivables. 

(vi) The Transferor is the legal and beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to each Receivable and the
Transferor has full right, power and authority to transfer such Receivables to the Trust. 

  
 31 

 (c) Notice of Breach. The representations and warranties set forth in this
Section 2.04 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Trust. Upon discovery by the Transferor or the Servicer, or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge, of a breach of any of
the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.04, the party discovering or having knowledge of such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties mentioned above. The Transferor agrees to cooperate with the
Servicer and the Trustee in attempting to cure any such breach. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any breach of representation and warranty unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice or obtained actual
knowledge thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the receipt by the Trustee of the Asset Representation Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review shall not constitute actual knowledge of a breach of any
representation or warranty. 
 (d) Transfer of Ineligible Receivables. 

(i) Automatic Removal. In the event of a breach with respect to a Receivable of any representations and warranties set
forth in subsection 2.04(b)(ii) or in subsection 2.04(f), or in the event that a Receivable is not an Eligible Receivable as a result of the failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Receivable, and
any of the following three conditions is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event such Receivable is charged off as uncollectible or the Trustee’s rights in, to or under such Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of
such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trustee free and clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien upon the subject Receivable (1) arises in favor of the United States of America or any State or any agency or instrumentality thereof
and involves taxes or liens arising under Title IV of ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator; or (C) the unsecured short-term debt rating of the Credit Card Originator is not at least P-1 by
Moody’s and the Lien upon the subject Receivable ranks prior to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement; then, upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach or event by the Transferor or the Servicer or receipt by the Transferor
of written notice of such breach or event given by the Trustee or any Investor Certificateholder, each such Receivable shall be automatically removed from the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii). 

(ii) Removal After Cure Period. In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in
subsection 2.04(b) other than a breach or event as set forth in clause (d)(i) above, and as a result of such breach the related Account becomes a Defaulted Account or the Trust’s rights in, to or under the Receivable or its proceeds are
impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, then, upon the expiration of 30 days from the earlier to occur of the discovery of any such event by either the Transferor or the
Servicer, or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of any such event given by the Trustee or any Investor Certificateholder, 

  
 32 

 
each such Receivable shall be removed from the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii); provided, however, that no such removal shall be required
to be made if, on any day within such applicable period, such representations and warranties with respect to such Receivable shall then be true and correct in all material respects as if such Receivable had been created on such day. 

(iii) Procedures for Removal. When the provisions of subsection 2.04(d)(i) or (ii) above require removal of a
Receivable, the Transferor shall give written notice of such removal to each Rating Agency and shall accept reassignment of such Receivable (an “Ineligible Receivable”) by directing the Servicer to deduct the principal balance of each such
Ineligible Receivable from the Principal Receivables in the Trust and to decrease the Transferor Interest by such amount. On and after the date of such removal, each Ineligible Receivable shall be deducted from the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables used in the calculation of any Investor Percentage, the Transferor Percentage or the Transferor Interest. In the event that the exclusion of an Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the
Transferor Interest to be reduced below the Minimum Transferor Interest, or would cause the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust to be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, or would otherwise not be permitted by law, the
Transferor, using funds received from the RPA Seller under Section 6.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, shall: (i) concurrently make a deposit in the Excess Funding Account in immediately available funds prior to the Transfer Date
related to such Monthly Period in which such event occurred in an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below the Minimum Transferor Interest or (y) the amount by which the
aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust would be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables; or (ii) transfer additional Receivables (or additional Accounts that contain such Receivables) such that after giving effect to such
transfer, the Transferor Interest shall then be equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest and the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust shall then be equal to the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. The portion of such deposit allocated
to the Investor Certificates of each Series shall be distributed to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series in the manner specified in Article IV, if applicable, on the Distribution Date immediately following such Transfer Date. Upon the
reassignment to the Transferor of an Ineligible Receivable, the Trustee shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all
the right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to such Ineligible Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Ineligible Receivable (including all Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds of such Ineligible Receivable
and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Ineligible Receivable and Interchange (if any) allocated to such Ineligible Receivable pursuant to any Supplement. Such reassigned Ineligible Receivable shall be treated by the Trustee as collected in full as
of the date on which it was 

  
 33 

 
transferred. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Transferor to evidence the
conveyance of such Ineligible Receivable pursuant to this subsection 2.04(d)(iii). The obligation of the Transferor set forth in this subsection 2.04(d)(iii), or the automatic removal of such Receivable from the Trust, as the case may be, shall
constitute the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in the above-referenced subsections with respect to such Receivable available to Certificateholders or the
Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders. 
 (iv) Proceeds Held by Servicer. If, pursuant to Section 4.03 of this
Agreement, the Servicer qualifies to make monthly deposits into the Collection Account on each Transfer Date, then for the purposes of subsections 2.04(d)(i) and (ii) above, proceeds of a Receivable shall not be deemed to be impaired hereunder
solely because such proceeds are held by the Servicer (if the Servicer is WFB or the Transferor) for more than the applicable period under Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction. 

(e) Reassignment of Trust Portfolio. In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in
subsection 2.04(a) or subsection 2.06(c)(iv), either the Trustee (to the extent a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of a breach) or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50%
of the Aggregate Investor Interest, by notice then given in writing to the Transferor (and to, the Trustee and the Servicer, if given by the Investor Certificateholders), may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of an amount of Principal
Receivables (as specified below) within 60 days of such notice (or within such longer period as may be specified in such notice), and the Transferor shall be obligated to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables on a Distribution Date
specified by the Transferor (such Distribution Date, the “Reassignment Date”) occurring within such applicable period on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided, however, that no such reassignment shall be required
to be made if, at any time during such applicable period, the representations and warranties contained in subsection 2.04(a) and subsection 2.06(c)(iv) shall then be true and correct in all material respects. The Transferor shall give written notice
to each Rating Agency of any reassignment pursuant to this subsection 2.04(e) and, using funds received from RPA Seller under Section 6.02 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, shall deposit on the Transfer Date in immediately available funds
preceding the Reassignment Date an amount equal to the reassignment deposit amount for such Receivables in the Distribution Account or Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders
pursuant to Article XII. The reassignment deposit amount with respect to each Series for such reassignment, unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement, shall be equal to (i) the Investor Interest of such Series at the end of the day on
the last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Reassignment Date, less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of principal to such Certificateholders on the related Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the Reassignment
Date occurs, plus (ii) an amount equal to all interest accrued but unpaid on the Investor Certificates of such 

  
 34 

 
Series at the applicable Certificate Rate through such last day, less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of interest to the Certificateholders of such Series on the related
Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs, plus (iii) all amounts owing to any Credit Enhancement Provider for such Series (the “Portfolio Reassignment Price”). Payment of the reassignment
deposit amount with respect to each Series, and all other amounts in the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account in respect of the preceding Monthly Period, shall be considered a prepayment in full of the Receivables represented by the
Investor Certificates. On the Distribution Date following the Transfer Date on which such amount has been deposited in full into the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account, the Receivables and all monies due or to become due with
respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), and all proceeds of the Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and Interchange (if any) allocated to the Receivables pursuant to any Supplement shall be
released to the Transferor after payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder on or prior to such dates and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer or assignment, in each case without recourse, representation or
warranty, as shall be prepared by and as are reasonably requested by the Transferor to vest in the Transferor, or its designee or assignee, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables, all monies due or to become due with
respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds of the Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and Interchange (if any) allocated to the Receivables pursuant to any Supplement. If the
Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders give notice directing the Transferor to accept reassignment as provided above, the obligation of the Transferor to accept reassignment of the Receivables and pay the reassignment deposit amount pursuant to
this subsection 2.04(e) shall constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations and warranties contained in subsection 2.04(a) or subsection 2.06(c)(iv) available to the Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of the
Investor Certificateholders. 
 (f) Perfection Representations and Warranties. The Transferor hereby makes the
Perfection Representations and Warranties to the Trust. The rights and remedies with respect to any breach of the Perfection Representations and Warranties made under this Section 2.04(f) shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of
this Agreement. Neither the Trust nor the Trustee shall waive a breach of any Perfection Representation and Warranty. In order to evidence the interests of the Transferor and the Trust under this Agreement, the Transferor and the Servicer shall,
from time to time take such action, and execute and deliver such instruments (including, without limitation, such financing statements under the UCC as enacted and then in effect in any other jurisdiction in which the Transferor is organized, has
its principal place of business or maintains any books, records, files, or other information concerning the Receivables) in order to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the security interest in the Receivables. The Transferor hereby
authorizes each of the Servicer and the Trustee to file financing statements under the UCC without the Transferor’s signature where allowed by applicable law 

  
 35 

 Section 2.05 Covenants of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby covenants that: 

(a) Receivables to be Accounts. The Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any
instrument or chattel paper (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction). Each Receivable shall be payable pursuant to a contract which does not create a Lien on any goods purchased thereunder. The Transferor will take no
action to cause any Receivable to be anything other than an “account” (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction). 

(b) Security Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, the Transferor will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer
to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Transferor will immediately notify the Trustee of the existence of any Lien
on any Receivable; and the Transferor shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trustee in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties; provided, however, that
nothing in this subsection 2.05(b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Transferor from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for municipal or other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if
the Transferor shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto. 

(c) Credit Card Agreements and Account Guidelines. The Transferor shall enforce the covenant in the Receivables Purchase
Agreement requiring the RPA Seller to comply with and perform its obligations under the Credit Card Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card Guidelines and all applicable rules and regulations of VISA U.S.A., Inc. and MasterCard
International Inc. (to the extent applicable) except insofar as any failure to comply or perform would not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Trustee or the Certificateholders hereunder or under the Certificates or other Transaction
Documents. The Transferor may permit the Credit Card Originator to change the terms and provisions of the Credit Card Agreements or the Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including, without limitation, the reduction of the required minimum
monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing, of charge offs and the Periodic Finance Charges and other fees to be assessed thereon) only if such change (i) would not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, cause a Pay Out
Event to occur, and (ii) is made applicable to the comparable segment of the revolving credit card accounts owned and serviced by the Credit Card Originator which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that
are the subject of such change, except as otherwise restricted by an endorsement, sponsorship, or other agreement between the Credit Card Originator and an unrelated third party or by the terms of the Credit Card Agreements; provided,
however, that for purposes of WFB’s debt deferral and debt cancellation programs, the requirement of Section 2.05(c)(ii) shall be deemed satisfied if the opportunity to initiate the change is made available to a substantial portion
of the comparable segment of the revolving credit card accounts owned and serviced by WFB which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts to which such opportunity is made available. 

  
 36 

 (d) Account Allocations. 

(i) In the event that the Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trustee in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or an order by any federal governmental agency having regulatory authority over the Transferor or the RPA Seller or any
court of competent jurisdiction that the Transferor or the RPA Seller not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee) then, in any such event, (A) the Transferor agrees to allocate and pay to the Trustee, after the date of
such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an
aggregate amount equal to the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on such date); (B) the Transferor agrees to have such amounts applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV; and (C) for only so long as all Collections and
all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal Receivables (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the
Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trustee), that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV, and all amounts that would have constituted
Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trustee shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of calculating (i) the applicable Investor Percentage with respect to any Series
and (ii) the Aggregate Investor Percentage thereunder. If the Transferor is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above, the Transferor agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the
occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account first to the oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The
parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables that have been conveyed to the Trust, or that would have been conveyed to the Trust but for the above described inability to transfer
such Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trustee notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Trustee and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance
with Article IV. 
 (ii) In the event that, pursuant to subsection 2.04(d), the Transferor accepts reassignment of an
Ineligible Receivable as a result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b) relating to such Receivable, then, in any such event, the Transferor agrees to account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible
Receivable separately from its accounting for 

  
 37 

 
Collections on Principal Receivables retained by the Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor
reassigned to the Transferor or to the Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Transferor agrees to allocate payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust and
the total amount owing by such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivables reassigned to the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be treated as Collections and deposited in accordance with the
provisions of Article IV. 
 (e) Delivery of Collections. The Transferor agrees to pay to the Servicer all payments
received by the Transferor in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable but in no event later than two Business Days, after receipt thereof by the Transferor. 

(f) Conveyance of Accounts. The Transferor covenants and agrees that it will not convey, assign, exchange or otherwise
transfer any interest in the Receivables or the Accounts to any Person prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article XII; provided, however, that the Transferor shall not be prohibited hereby from conveying, assigning,
exchanging or otherwise transferring any interest in the Receivables or the Accounts in connection with a transaction complying with the provisions of Section 7.02. 

(g) Member in Good Standing of MasterCard and VISA Systems. The Transferor shall use its best efforts to cause the
Credit Card Originator to remain, either directly or indirectly, a member in good standing of the MasterCard system (to the extent applicable), the VISA system and any other similar entity’s or organization’s system relating to any other
type of revolving credit card accounts included in the Accounts. 
 (h) Receivables Purchase Agreement. The
Transferor, in its capacity as purchaser of Receivables from the RPA Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, shall enforce the covenants and agreements of the RPA Seller as set forth in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, including its
agreement to designate Additional Accounts as and when required in order for the Transferor to fulfill its undertakings in Section 2.06. The Transferor shall not amend, waive or otherwise modify the Receivables Purchase Agreement except in
accordance with its terms. 
 (i) Official Records. The resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Transferor’s
Managing Member approving each of the Transaction Documents and all documents relating thereto are and shall be continuously reflected in the minutes of the Board of Directors of the Transferor’s Managing Member and in the official records of
the Transferor. Each of the Transaction Documents and all documents relating thereto are and shall, continuously from the time of their respective execution by the Transferor, be official records of the Transferor. 

  
 38 

 (j) Transferor Interest. Except as otherwise permitted herein, including
in Sections 6.03 and 7.02, the Transferor agrees not to transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise convey or pledge, hypothecate or otherwise grant a security interest in the Transferor Interest (or any interest therein) and any such attempted
transfer, assignment, exchange, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation or grant shall be void. 
 (k) Periodic Finance Charges
and Other Fees. The Transferor hereby agrees that, except as otherwise required by any Requirement of Law, it shall not at any time reduce the Periodic Finance Charges assessed on any Receivable or other fees or charges on any Account if, as a
result of such reduction, the Transferor’s reasonable expectation is that the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage as of any future date would be less than 2.50% unless such reduction is made applicable to the comparable segment of the consumer
revolving credit accounts owned and serviced by the Servicer that have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that are subject to such change. 

(l) Covenants Regarding Operations. The Transferor shall: 

(i) Not incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than the Transferor’s obligations with respect to or
contemplated by the Transaction Documents; provided, however, the Transferor may, in the ordinary course of business, incur unsecured trade debt with trade creditors in amounts that are normal and reasonable under the circumstances. 

(ii) Not engage in any business or activity other than as permitted in its articles of organization. 

(iii) Not consolidate or merge with or into any other entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as
an entirety to any entity. 
 (iv) Not dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part. 

(v) Not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other individual or entity. 

(vi) Not hold itself out as being liable for the debts of any other party and not pay from its assets any obligations or
indebtedness of any other individual or entity. 
 (vii) Pay from its assets all obligations and indebtedness of any kind
incurred by the Transferor. 
 (viii) Not form, or cause to be formed, any subsidiaries. 

(ix) Not file any voluntary petition or consent to the filing of any petition in or institute any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law on behalf of itself without the prior unanimous written consent of all of its Members (as defined in its Operating Agreement),
including the Independent Member (as defined in its Operating Agreement). 

  
 39 

 (x) Not permit its Managing Member (as defined in its Operating Agreement) to
withdraw. 
 (xi) At all times have at least one Managing Member which shall have each of the characteristics of the
Independent Member as set forth on Appendix A to its Operating Agreement. 
 (xii) Act solely in its name and through its
duly authorized agents in the conduct of its business, and shall conduct its business so as not to mislead others as to the identity of the entity with which they are concerned and must correct any known misunderstanding of its identity. 

(xiii) Transact business with any Affiliate, if at all, on an arm’s length basis and pursuant to enforceable agreements.
To the extent that the Transferor and any of its members or affiliates have offices in contiguous space, there shall be fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs (including rent) among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of
such expenses. For purposes of this covenant and the definition of the term “Affiliate”, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or the cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 (xiv) Maintain separate
records, books of account and financial statements and shall not commingle its records, books of account and financial statements with the records, books of account and financial statements of any entity. The Transferor shall use separate
stationery, invoices and checks. 
 (xv) Make no asset distributions, including, without limitation, any distribution of
dividends, except to the extent of cash on hand in excess of that needed to cover the expected cash needs of the Transferor. 

(xvi) Observe all organizational formalities in its relations with its members. 

(xvii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, not terminate, dissolve or liquidate while owing any amount
under the Transaction Documents or while any Certificates remain outstanding despite the occurrence of any event which might terminate the continued membership of a Member in the Transferor, including the following: 

(A) a Member: 

(1) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; 

  
 40 

 (2) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; 

(3) is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding; 
 (4) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment,
liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation; 
 (5) files an answer or other pleading
admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature; 

(6) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the member or of all or any
substantial part of its properties; or 
 (B) The commencement of any proceeding against the Member seeking reorganization,
arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation. 

(xviii) Maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations. 

(xix) Not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, Members or Shareholders. 

(xx) Maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations. 

Section 2.06 Addition of Accounts. 

(a) If, (A) during any period of twenty consecutive days, the Transferor Interest averaged over that period is less than
the Minimum Transferor Interest for that period the Transferor shall designate additional eligible MasterCard or VISA accounts from the Bank Portfolio (together with all other Accounts transferred to the Trust pursuant to this Section 2.06,
“Additional Accounts”) to be included as Accounts in a sufficient amount such that the average of the Transferor Interest as a percentage of the Average Principal Receivables for such 20-day period,
computed by assuming that the amount of the Principal Receivables of such Additional Accounts shall be deemed to be outstanding in the Trust during each day of such 20-day period, is at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest, or (B) on
any Record Date the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal 

  
 41 

 
Receivables (as adjusted for any Series having a Companion Series as described in the Supplement for such Series), the Transferor shall designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts in
a sufficient amount such that the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables will be equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. Such Accounts shall be limited to Accounts originated by the Credit Card Originator and created
in connection with the Cabela’s card program unless the Transferor shall have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that such designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then existing rating of any
outstanding Series of Investor Certificates. Receivables from such Additional Accounts shall be transferred to the Trustee on or before the tenth Business Day following such 20-day period or Record Date, as the case may be. 

(b) In addition to its obligation under subsection 2.06(a), the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate from
time to time Additional Accounts of the Transferor to be included as Accounts as of the applicable Addition Date. Such Accounts shall be limited to Accounts originated by the Credit Card Originator and created in connection with the Cabela’s
card program unless the Transferor shall have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that such designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of Investor Certificates.

 (c) The Transferor agrees that any such transfer of Receivables from Additional Accounts, under subsection 2.06(a) or
(b) shall satisfy the following conditions (to the extent provided below): 
 (i) on or before the fifth Business Day
prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) and on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) (the “Notice Date”), the
Transferor shall give the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer written notice that such Additional Accounts will be included, which notice shall specify the approximate aggregate amount of the Receivables to be transferred; 

(ii) on or before the Addition Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a written assignment (including an
acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement)) in substantially the form of Exhibit B
(the “Assignment”) and the Transferor shall have indicated in its computer files (and have caused WFB and the Servicer to indicate in their computer files) that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been
transferred to the Trustee and, on or prior to the Addition Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all Additional Accounts and identifying each Account by
account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Additional Accounts, as of the Addition Date, which computer file or microfiche list shall be as of the date of such Assignment incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment
and this Agreement; 

  
 42 

 (iii) the Transferor shall represent and warrant that (x) with respect to
Additional Accounts, each Additional Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Account, and each Receivable in such Additional Account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) no selection procedures believed by the
Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from the available Eligible Accounts from the Bank Portfolio, and
(z) as of the Addition Date, the Transferor is not insolvent; 
 (iv) the Transferor shall represent and warrant that,
as of the Addition Date, the Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid transfer and assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables then existing and thereafter created in the Additional
Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the
UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing and all of such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien except for (i) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b), (ii) the interest of the
Transferor as Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (iii) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account, as
provided in this Agreement and any related Supplement or (y) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), in such property to the Trustee, which is enforceable with respect to then existing
Receivables of the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and
all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing upon the conveyance of such Receivables to the Trustee, and which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created in
respect of Additional Accounts conveyed on such Addition Date, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing upon such creation; and
(z) if the Assignment constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trustee in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements as described in Section 2.01 with respect to such Additional Accounts, all monies due or to
become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing, upon such creation, the
Trustee shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b); 

  
 43 

 (v) the Transferor shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate substantially in
the form of Schedule 2 to Exhibit B to the Trustee confirming the items set forth in paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; 

(vi) the Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel with respect to the Receivables in the Additional Accounts to the
Trustee (with a copy to Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s) substantially in the form of Exhibit E; 

(vii) with respect to accounts in excess of the Maximum Addition Amount, the Transferor shall have received notice from
Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s that the inclusion of such accounts as Additional Accounts pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then existing rating of any Series of Investor
Certificates then issued and outstanding; and 
 (viii) if any such transfer of Receivables shall include business cards (as
“business card” is customarily defined in the credit card industry), the Transferor shall (x) provide each Rating Agency 30 days’ prior notice of the inclusion of any such business cards, (y) obtain the written consent of
each Credit Enhancement Provider, and (z) the Transferor shall have received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that such designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of
Investor Certificates. 
 Section 2.07 Removal of Accounts. 

(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.07, the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate
Receivables from Accounts for deletion and removal (“Removed Accounts”) from the Trust; provided, however, that the Transferor shall not make more than one such designation in any Monthly Period. Prior to any removal pursuant
to this subsection 2.07(a), (i) except with respect to removals described in subsection 2.07(b)(iii)(b), the Transferor shall have obtained the written consent of each Credit Enhancement Provider and (ii) on or before the fifth Business
Day (the “Removal Notice Date”) prior to the date on which the designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to the Transferor (the “Removal Date”), the Transferor shall give the Trustee and the Servicer written
notice that the Receivables from such Removed Accounts are to be reassigned to the Transferor. 

  
 44 

 (b) The Transferor shall be permitted to designate and require reassignment to it
of the Receivables from Removed Accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (i) the removal of any
Receivables of any Removed Accounts on any Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, (a) cause a Pay Out Event to occur; provided, however, that for the purposes of this subsection 2.07(b)(i), the
Receivables of each Removed Account shall be considered to have been removed as of the Removal Date, (b) cause the Transferor Interest as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables to be less than the Minimum Transferor
Interest on such Removal Date, (c) cause the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables to be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, or (d) result in the failure to make any payment specified in the related Supplement with
respect to any Series; 
 (ii) on or prior to the Removal Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee for
execution a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit G (the “Reassignment”) and, within five Business Days thereafter, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider a computer file
or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Removed Accounts as of the Removal Date, which computer file or microfiche list shall as
of the Removal Date modify and amend and be made a part of this Agreement; 
 (iii) the Transferor shall represent and
warrant that either (a) no selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust; or (b) Accounts
were identified for removal because of a third-party cancellation, or expiration without renewal, of an affinity, private-label, agent bank or similar arrangement; 

(iv) as of the Removal Notice Date, either (a) the Receivables are not more than 15% delinquent by estimated principal
amount and the weighted averaged delinquency of such Receivables is not more than 60 days, or (b) the Receivables are not more than 7% delinquent by estimated principal amount and the weighted average delinquency of such Receivables does not
exceed 90 days; 
 (v) on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the Removal Date, each Rating Agency and each Credit
Enhancement Provider shall have received notice of such proposed removal of the Receivables of such Accounts and the Transferor shall have received notice prior to the Removal Date from such Rating Agency that such proposed removal will not result
in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of the Investor Certificates; 
 (vi) on
any Removal Notice Date, the amount of the Principal Receivables of the Removed Accounts to be reassigned to the Transferor on the related Removal Date shall not equal or exceed 5% of the aggregate amount of the Principal Receivables on such Removal
Date; 

  
 45 

 (vii) for each Removal Date, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the
Removed Accounts shall not, as of the Removal Notice Date exceed an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Transferor Interest over the Minimum Transferor Interest, and, except as described in subsection 2.07(b)(iii)(b), the Accounts to be
removed shall be selected at random by the Transferor; and 
 (viii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) through (vii) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth
therein and shall incur no liability in so relying. 
 Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute
and deliver the Reassignment to the Transferor, and the Receivables from the Removed Accounts shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust. 

(c) The Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate at any time Zero Balance Accounts, any future receivables of
which will no longer be part of the Trust, and to remove the designation “S” from the Pool Index File for such Accounts; provided, that prior to such designation and removal, the Transferor shall have delivered to Moody’s and
Standard & Poor’s an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the Transferor, such designation and removal shall not cause a Pay Out Event to occur. 

Section 2.08 Discount Option. The Transferor may at any time, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Servicer,
the Trustee, each Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, designate a percentage, which may be a fixed percentage or a variable percentage based on a formula (the “Discounted Percentage”), of the amount of Principal Receivables
arising in all of the Accounts to be treated on and after such designation, or for the period specified, as Discount Option Receivables; provided, however, that no such designation shall become effective on the date specified in the
written notice unless the following conditions have been satisfied: 
 (a) the designation of Discount Option Receivables
shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur or cause an event which with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a Pay Out Event; 

(b) on or before the date specified in the written notice, the Transferor shall have received written confirmation from each
Rating Agency that such designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of any outstanding Series of Investor Certificates; 

(c) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses
(i) and (ii) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so relying. 

  
 46 

 On and after the date of satisfaction of the above conditions, in processing Collections of
Principal Receivables of the Accounts, the Servicer shall deem the product of the Discounted Percentage and Collections of such Principal Receivables as “Discount Option Receivable Collections” and shall treat such Discount Option
Receivable Collections for all purposes hereunder as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables. 
 Section 2.09 Dispute
Resolution. 
 (a) If any Receivable is subject to repurchase pursuant to subsection 2.04(d) or Section 2.04(e)
of this Agreement, which repurchase is not resolved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement within 180 days after notice is delivered to the Transferor as specified in either such subsection, the party providing such notice (the
“Requesting Party”) will have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either third-party mediation (including nonbinding arbitration) or binding arbitration pursuant to this
Section 2.09 and the Transferor is hereby deemed to consent to the selected resolution method. At the end of the 180-day period described above, the Representing Party (as defined below) may provide
notice informing the Requesting Party of the status of its request or, in the absence of any such notice, the Requesting Party may presume that its request remains unresolved. The Requesting Party must provide written notice of its intention to
refer the matter to mediation or arbitration to the Transferor (in such capacity the “Representing Party”) within 30 calendar days following such 180th day. The Transferor agrees
to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. 
 (b) If the Requesting Party selects mediation as
the resolution method, the following provisions will apply: 
 (i) The mediation will be administered by the American
Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) pursuant to its Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures in effect at the time the mediation is initiated (the “Rules”); provided, that if any of the Rules are
inconsistent with the procedures for the mediation or arbitration stated in this Agreement or the Series 2004-1 Supplement, the procedures in such applicable document will control. 

(ii) The mediator must be a Qualified Dispute Resolution Professional. Upon being supplied a list by the AAA of at least 10
potential mediators that are each Qualified Dispute Resolution Professionals, each of the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will have the right to exercise two peremptory challenges within 14 days and to rank the remaining potential
mediators in order of preference. The AAA will select the mediator from the remaining potential mediators on the list respecting the preference choices of the parties to the extent possible. 

  
 47 

 (iii) Each of the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will use
commercially reasonable efforts to begin the mediation within 10 Business Days of the selection of the mediator and to conclude the mediation within 30 days of the start of the mediation. 

(iv) The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the Requesting Party and the Representing
Party as part of the mediation, or if no agreement is reached, at the sole discretion of the meditator. 
 (v) A failure by
the Requesting Party and the Representing Party to resolve a disputed matter through mediation shall not preclude either party from seeking a resolution of such matter through the initiation of a judicial proceeding in a court of competent
jurisdiction, subject to subsection 2.09(d) below. 
 (c) If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution
method, the following provisions will apply: 
 (i) The arbitration will be held in accordance with the United States
Arbitration Act, notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Agreement, and under the auspices of the AAA and in accordance with the Rules. 

(ii) If the repurchase request specified in subsection 2.09(a) involves the repurchase of an aggregate amount of
Receivables of less than 5% of the total Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the date of such repurchase request, a single arbitrator will be used. That arbitrator must be a Qualified Dispute Resolution Professional. Upon being supplied a list
of at least 10 potential arbitrators that are each Qualified Disputes Resolutions Professionals by the AAA, each of the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will have the right to exercise two peremptory challenges within 14 days and to rank
the remaining potential arbitrators in order of preference. The AAA will select the arbitrator from the remaining potential arbitrators on the list respecting the preference choices of the parties to the extent possible. 

(iii) If the repurchase request specified in subsection 2.09(a) involves the repurchase of an aggregate amount of
Receivables equal to or in excess of 5% of the total Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the date of such repurchase request, a three-arbitrator panel will be used. The arbitral panel will consist of
three Qualified Dispute Resolution Professionals, (A) one to be appointed by the Requesting Party within five Business Days of providing notice to the Representing Party of its selection of arbitration, (B) one to be appointed by the
Representing Party within five Business Days of the Requesting Party’s appointment of an arbitrator and (C) the third, who will preside over the arbitral panel, to be chosen by the two
party-appointed arbitrators within five Business Days of the Representing Party’s appointment. If any party fails to appoint an arbitrator or the two
party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third within the relevant time periods, then the appointments will be made by the AAA pursuant to the Rules. 

  
 48 

 (iv) Each arbitrator selected for any arbitration will abide by the Code of
Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes in effect at the time the arbitration is initiated. Prior to accepting an appointment, each arbitrator must promptly disclose any circumstances likely to create a reasonable inference of bias or conflict
of interest or likely to preclude completion of the hearings within the prescribed time schedule. Any arbitrator selected may be removed by the AAA for cause consisting of actual bias, conflict of interest or other serious potential for conflict.

 (v) The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their intention that after consulting with the
parties, the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable will devise procedures and deadlines for the arbitration, to the extent not already agreed to by the parties, with the goal of expediting the proceeding and completing the arbitration within
30 days after appointment of the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable. The arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will have the authority to schedule, hear and determine any and all motions, including dispositive and discovery
motions, in accordance with New York law then in effect (including prehearing and post hearing motions), and will do so on the motion of any party to the arbitration. Notwithstanding any other discovery that may be available under the Rules, unless
otherwise agreed by the parties, each party to the arbitration will be limited to the following discovery in the arbitration: 

(A) Consistent with the expedited nature of the arbitration, the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will, upon the
written request of the other party, promptly provide the other with copies of documents relevant to the issue raised by any claim or counterclaim on which the producing party may rely in support of or in opposition to the claim or defense. 

(B) At the request of a party, the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable, shall have the discretion to order examination
by deposition of witnesses to the extent the arbitrator or arbitral panel deems such additional discovery relevant and appropriate. Depositions shall be limited to a maximum of three per party and shall be held within 30 calendar days of the making
of a request. Additional depositions may be scheduled only with the permission of the arbitrator or arbitral panel, and for good cause shown. Each deposition shall be limited to a maximum of three hours’ duration. All objections are reserved
for the arbitration hearing except for objections based on privilege and proprietary or confidential information. 
 (C) Any
dispute regarding discovery, or the relevance or scope thereof, shall be determined by the arbitrator or arbitral panel, which determination shall be conclusive. 

  
 49 

 (D) All discovery shall be completed within 60 calendar days following the
appointment of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable; provided, that the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable will have the ability to grant the parties, or either of them, additional discovery to the extent that the
arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, determines good cause is shown that such additional discovery is reasonable and necessary. 

(vi) The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their intention that the arbitrator or the arbitral
panel, as applicable, will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will not have the power to award punitive
damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted. The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their intention that in its final determination, the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will determine
and award the costs of the arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration, and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as
determined by the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, in its reasonable discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will the Trustee (when acting as Requesting Party at the direction of Investor Certificateholders) be liable in
its individual capacity for any such costs. The determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, must be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 7.01 and Section 13.17, and will be in
writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, may be reconsidered once by the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, upon the motion and
at the expense of either party. Following that single reconsideration, the determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will be final and non-appealable and may be entered in and may
be enforced in, any court of competent jurisdiction. 
 (vii) By selecting binding arbitration, the Requesting Party is
giving up the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury. 
 (viii) No Person may bring a putative or
certified class action to arbitration. 
 (d) The following provisions will apply to both mediations and arbitrations: 

(i) Any mediation or arbitration will be held in New York, New York. 

(ii) Notwithstanding this dispute resolution provision, the parties will have the right to seek provisional or ancillary relief
from a competent court of law, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment order, provided such relief would otherwise be available by law. 

  
 50 

 (iii) The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request
specified in subsection 2.09(a) above, any informal meetings, mediations or arbitration proceedings, including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to informally
resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration, will be confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other
proceeding; provided, however, that any discovery taken in any arbitration will be admissible in that particular arbitration. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed or discussed with any third party (excluding
a party’s attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives as reasonably required in connection with the related resolution procedure), except as otherwise required by law, regulatory requirement or court order. If any party
to a resolution procedure receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for such confidential information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party to the resolution
procedure and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its confidential information. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.09 to the contrary, any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration
pursuant to subsection 2.09(c) above will be admissible in such arbitration. 
 ARTICLE III 

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES 

Section 3.01 Acceptance and Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. 

(a) The Servicer hereby agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement. The Investor Certificateholders of each Series by
their acceptance of the related Certificates consent to the Servicer acting as Servicer. 
 (b) The Servicer shall service
and administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the Receivables in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the Credit
Card Guidelines and shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 10.01, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to make withdrawals from the Collection Account as set forth in this Agreement, (ii) unless such power
and authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the 

  
 51 

 
Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Excess Funding Account and any Series Account, in accordance with such instructions as set forth in this Agreement, (iii) unless such power
and authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee in writing, as set forth in this Agreement, (iv) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and, after the delinquency of any
Receivable and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement proceedings with respect to such Receivables and (v) to make any filings, reports, notices, applications, registrations
with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any federal or state securities or reporting
requirements. The Trustee agrees that it shall follow the instructions of the Servicer to withdraw funds from the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account and to take any action required under any Credit Enhancement at
such time as required under this Agreement. The Trustee shall execute at the Servicer’s written request such documents prepared by the Transferor and acceptable to the Trustee as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer
to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. 
 (c) In the event that the Transferor is unable for any
reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or the order of any federal governmental agency
having regulatory authority over the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator or any court of competent jurisdiction that the Transferor or the Credit Card Originator not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trust) then, in any such
event, (A) the Servicer agrees to allocate, after such date, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of such date) in accordance with subsection 2.05(d); (B) the Servicer agrees to apply such amounts as
Collections in accordance with Article IV, and (C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal
Receivables and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be
allocated in accordance with Article IV and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of
calculating the applicable Investor Percentage thereunder. If the Servicer is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate payments on the Accounts as described above, the Servicer agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the
occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account first to the oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments applied as 

  
 52 

 
Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have been conveyed to the
Trust, or which would have been conveyed to the Trust but for the above described inability to transfer such Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to
the Trust and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV. 
 (d)
In the event that pursuant to subsection 2.04(d), the Transferor accepts reassignment of an Ineligible Receivable as a result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b) relating to such Receivable, then, in any such
event, the Servicer agrees to account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible Receivable separately from its accounting for Collections on Principal Receivables retained by the Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an
Obligor are not specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor reassigned to the Transferor or to Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Servicer agrees to allocate payments proportionately based on
the total amount of Principal Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust and the total amount owing by such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivables reassigned to the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained in
the Trust shall be treated as Collections and deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV. 
 (e) The Servicer
shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card
receivables. 
 (f) The Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its
officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the Servicer believes to be commercially reasonable from time to time. 

Section 3.02 Servicing Compensation. As full compensation for its servicing activities hereunder and as reimbursement for its
expenses as set forth in the immediately following paragraph, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) with respect to each Monthly Period prior to the termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 12.01, payable monthly on the related Transfer Date, in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the weighted average of the Series Servicing Fee Percentages with respect to each outstanding Series (based upon the
Series Servicing Fee Percentage for each Series and the Investor Interest (or such other amount as specified in the related Supplement) of such Series, in each case as of the last day of the prior Monthly Period) and (b) the average amount of
Principal Receivables during the prior Monthly Period. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to Investor Certificates of a particular Series with respect to any Monthly Period will each be determined in accordance with the relevant Supplement.
The portion of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period not so allocated to the Investor Certificates of a particular Series shall be paid by the Holder of the Transferor Certificate on the

  
 53 

 
related Transfer Date and in no event shall the Trust, the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders of any Series be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period
to be paid by the Holders of the Transferor Certificates (the “Transferor Servicing Fee”). 
 The Servicer’s expenses include
the amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.05 and the reasonable fees and disbursements of independent public accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with its activities hereunder; provided,
that the Servicer shall not be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation any federal, state or local income or
franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). The Servicer shall be required to pay such expenses for its own account and shall
not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fee. 
 Section 3.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of
the Servicer. World’s Foremost Bank, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make (with appropriate modifications) the following representations, warranties and covenants on which the
Trustee has relied in accepting the Receivables in trust and in authenticating the Certificates: 
 (a) Organization and
Good Standing. The Servicer is a state banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Nebraska and has full corporate power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct
its credit card business as such properties are presently owned and as such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. 

(b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation
(or is exempt from such requirements), and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in order to service the Receivables as required by this Agreement. If the Servicer shall be required by any Requirement of Law to so qualify or register or
obtain such license or approval, then it shall do so. 
 (c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery, and
performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer and this Agreement and each other Transaction Document
will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Servicer. 
 (d) Binding Obligation. This
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereinafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the rights of creditors of insured depository institutions. 

  
 54 

 (e) No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Servicer, and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Servicer, will not conflict with,
violate, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any Requirement of Law applicable to the Servicer or any indenture, contract, agreement,
mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound. 
 (f) No
Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened against the Servicer before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality
seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable
judgment of the Servicer, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, or seeking any determination or ruling that would
materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party. 

(g) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled
under or in connection with each Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable and the related Account and will comply in all material
respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing each Receivable and the related Account the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider. 

(h) No Rescission or Cancellation. The Servicer shall not permit any rescission or cancellation of a Receivable except
as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. 

(i) Protection of Certificateholders’ Rights. The Servicer shall take no action which, nor omit to take any action
the omission of which, would impair the rights of Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider in any Receivable or Account, nor shall it, except in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines, reschedule, revise or defer Collections due on
the Receivables. 

  
 55 

 (j) Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes. Except in
connection with its enforcement or collection of a Receivable, the Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument or chattel paper (each, as defined in the UCC) and, if any Receivable is so evidenced, it shall
be reassigned or assigned to the Servicer as provided in this Section unless such instruments or chattel paper are delivered to the Trustee. 

(k) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any
governmental body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Agreement and each Supplement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance by the Servicer of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the fulfillment by the Servicer of the terms hereof and thereof, have been obtained and are in full force and effect;
provided, however, that the Servicer makes no representation or warranty regarding state securities or “blue sky” laws in connection with the distribution of the Certificates. 

For purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.03, each reference to a Supplement shall be deemed to
refer only to those Supplements in effect as of the relevant Closing Date or the date of appointment of a Successor Servicer, as applicable. 

In the event any of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Servicer contained in paragraph (g), (h), (i) or (j) with
respect to any Receivable or the related Account is breached, and as a result of such breach the Trust’s rights in, to or under any Receivable in the related Account or the proceeds of such Receivable are impaired or such proceeds are not
available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, then no later than the expiration of 60 days (or such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Trustee at the written direction of Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest) from the earlier to occur of the discovery of such event by the Servicer, or receipt by the Servicer of notice of such event given by the
Trustee and any Credit Enhancement Provider, all Receivables in the Account or Accounts to which such event relates shall be reassigned or assigned to the Servicer on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided, however, that
such Receivables will not be reassigned or assigned to the Servicer if, on any day prior to the end of such 60-day or longer period, (i) the relevant representation and warranty shall be true and correct, or the relevant covenant shall have
been complied with, in all material respects and (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustee and any Credit Enhancement Provider a certificate of an authorized officer describing the nature of such breach and the manner in which such
breach was cured. 
 If the initial Servicer is the Servicer, such reassignment or assignment shall be accomplished in the manner set forth
in subsection 2.04(d) as if the reassigned or assigned Receivables were Ineligible Receivables. If the initial Servicer is not the Servicer, the Servicer shall effect such assignment by making a deposit into the Collection Account in immediately
available funds on the Transfer Date following the Monthly Period in which such assignment obligation arises in an amount equal to the amount of such Receivables, which deposit shall be considered a Collection of Principal Receivables and shall be
applied in accordance with the terms of each Supplement. 

  
 56 

 Upon each such reassignment or assignment to the Servicer, the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust,
shall automatically and without further action be deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Servicer, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to such Receivables,
all moneys due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall be reasonably requested
by the Servicer to effect the conveyance of any such Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of the Servicer to accept reassignment or assignment of such Receivables, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be made to the
Collection Account shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to Certificateholders (or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders) or any Credit Enhancement Provider. 

Section 3.04 Reports and Records for the Trustee. 

(a) Daily Reports. On each Business Day, the Servicer, with prior notice, shall prepare and make available at the office
of the Servicer for inspection by the Trustee a record setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed by the Servicer on the preceding Business Day and (ii) the aggregate amount of Receivables as of the close of business
on the preceding Business Day. The Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation with respect to the daily reports described above. 

(b) Monthly Servicer’s Certificate. Unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement with respect to any Series,
on each Determination Date the Servicer shall deliver, as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a certificate of a Servicing Officer in the form of Exhibit C (which
includes the Schedule thereto specified as such in each Supplement) setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Monthly Period, (ii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor Percentage of
Collections of Principal Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then outstanding, (iii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor Percentage of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then outstanding, (iv) the aggregate amount of Receivables processed as of the end of the
last day of the preceding Monthly Period, (v) the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account applicable to any Series then outstanding on such Determination Date with respect to Collections
processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period, (vi) the aggregate amount, if any, of withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Credit Enhancement, if any, for each Series then outstanding required to be made with respect to
the previous Monthly Period in the manner provided in the related Supplement, (vii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series (or for a Series of more than one Class, each such Class) on the succeeding
Distribution Date in respect of Certificate Principal and Certificate Interest with respect to such preceding Monthly Period and (viii) such other matters as are set forth in Exhibit C. 

  
 57 

 Section 3.05 Annual Servicer’s Certificate. 

(a) Annual Servicer Compliance Certificate Pursuant to Item 1123 of Regulation AB. On or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Transferor, beginning with March 31, 2014, for so long as the Transferor is required to report under the Exchange Act and in order to comply
with Item 1123 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Transferor, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a compliance certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 (the “Servicer
Compliance Certificate”). A copy of such Servicer Compliance Certificate may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 

(b) Report on Compliance with Servicing Criteria Pursuant to Item 1122 of Regulation AB. On or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Transferor, beginning March 31, 2014, for so long as the Transferor is required to report under the Exchange Act and in order to comply with
Item 1122 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Transferor, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a report assessing its compliance with the Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding
calendar year, as required under paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-18 and Rule 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such report, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3 (the “Servicing Criteria Compliance
Report”), shall address the Servicing Criteria, as set forth on Schedule I attached to such Servicing Criteria Compliance Report, except for any of the Servicing Criteria that the Servicer has determined is inapplicable to the servicing
activities it performed during the immediately preceding calendar year. A copy of such Servicing Criteria Compliance Report may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Indenture Trustee addressed at the Corporate
Trust Office. 
 (c) Annual Servicer’s Certificate. 

(i) Subject to clause (ii) of this subsection 3.05(c), on or before March 31 of each calendar year, the Servicer will
deliver to the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the 12-month period ending
on December 31 of the prior calendar year, and of its performance under this Agreement was made under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate, (b) to the best of such officer’s knowledge based on such review, the
Servicer has fully performed all of its obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status
thereof, (c) during such period, for each outstanding Series, the Servicer prepared the monthly reports required by 

  
 58 

 
Section 3.04(b) of this Agreement and each other monthly report required by the applicable Series Supplement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04(b) of this Agreement and
the applicable provisions of each such Series Supplement, (d) the amounts included in such reports agree with the computer records of the Servicer, and (e) the calculated amounts included in such reports are mathematically correct and made
in accordance with the applicable definitions in this Agreement and the other applicable Transaction Documents. A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office. 
 (ii) To the extent the Servicer is not obligated to deliver the Servicer Compliance Certificate
and the Servicing Criteria Compliance Report specified in subsections 3.05(a) and (b), respectively, the Servicer may, at its option, elect to provide either the Servicer Compliance Certificate and the Servicing Criteria Compliance Report specified
in subsections 3.05(a) and (b), respectively, or the Officer’s Certificate specified in this subsection 3.05(c), on or before March 31 of each calendar year, beginning March 31, 2014. 

Section 3.06 Annual Independent Accountants’ Servicing Report. 

(a) Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm Pursuant to Item 1123 of Regulation AB. On or before
the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Transferor, beginning on March 31, 2014, for so long as Transferor is required to report under the Exchange Act and in order to
comply with Item 1123 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall cause an independent registered public accounting firm (who may also render other services to Servicer or Transferor) to furnish a report (addressed to the Servicer) to the Servicer,
that attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance with the Servicing Criteria made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.05(b) of this Agreement, and the Servicer shall deliver such attestation report to the Trustee, the Transferor,
any Credit Enhancement Provider, and each Rating Agency. Such attestation report shall be made in accordance with standards for attestation engagements issued or adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and in accordance with Rules
1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. The attestation report required by this subsection 3.06(a) may be replaced at the option of the Servicer by any similar attestation report which is now or in the
future in use by servicers of comparable assets or which otherwise complies with any rule, regulation, “no action” letter or similar guidance promulgated by the Commission. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the
related Series Supplement, a copy of the attestation report may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 

  
 59 

 (b) Annual Independent Accountants’ Servicing Report. 

(i) Subject to clause (iii) of this subsection 3.06(b), on or before March 31 of each calendar year, commencing with
March 31, 2014, the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider, and each Rating Agency a copy of the report required by 12 C.F.R. §363.3(b) (or any comparable successor regulation) from a firm of nationally
recognized independent certified public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor) to the effect that, in accordance with attestation standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, such firm has either audited internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31 of such calendar year, or examined Servicer’s assertion that it maintained effective internal accounting controls during the preceding
calendar year, and that such firm is of the opinion that either the Servicer has maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31 of the calendar year, or the Servicer’s assertion is fairly stated in all
material respects, based on the criteria established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in
the related Series Supplement, a copy of such report may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 

(ii) Subject to clause (iii) of this subsection 3.06(b), on or before March 31 of each calendar year, beginning with
March 31, 2014, the Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor) to furnish a report (or reports) to the Servicer, prepared
using attestation standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, to the effect that they have performed agreed upon procedures pursuant to subsections 3.05(c)(i)(c), (d) and (e) above for each outstanding
Series, and have identified in such report any exceptions exceeding the amount agreed to within the engagement letter between the independent certified public accounting firm and the Servicer, and the Servicer shall provide copies of the report for
each Series to the Trustee, provided that the Trustee has signed the appropriate supplement to the engagement letter between the certified public accounting firm and the Servicer. A copy of such report may be obtained from the Servicer by any
Certificateholder or Credit Enhancement Provider (provided that such person has signed the appropriate supplement to the engagement letter between the certified public accounting firm and the Servicer) by a request in writing to the Trustee
addressed to the Corporate Trust Office, who shall forward such request to the Servicer. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee is not responsible for determining the scope of the report to be delivered pursuant to this subsection 3.06(b)(ii) or
the terms of the engagement letter between the certified public accounting firm and the Servicer, and the Trustee will sign the supplement to the engagement letter only if directed to do so by the Servicer. 

(iii) To the extent the Servicer is not obligated to deliver the attestation report specified in subsection 3.06(a), the
Servicer may, at its option, elect to provide either the attestation report specified in subsection 3.06(a) on or before the 90th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Transferor,
beginning March 31, 2014, or the accountant reports specified in subsections 3.06(b)(i) and (ii), on or before March 31 of each calendar year, beginning March 31, 2014. 

  
 60 

 Section 3.07 Tax Treatment. Except as otherwise specified in a Supplement with
respect to a particular Series, the Transferor has entered into this Agreement, and the Certificates will be issued, with the intention that (i) the Investor Certificates will qualify under applicable federal, state and local income and
franchise tax law as indebtedness secured by the Receivables, and (ii) the Trust shall not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation for purposes of federal income tax law. The
Transferor, the Servicer, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, each Investor Certificateholder, and each Certificate Owner agree to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates (or beneficial interest
therein) as such indebtedness for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, and the Transferor and each Holder of the Transferor Certificate agree to take no action with respect to the Trust or any interest therein which would
cause the Trust to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation for purposes of federal income tax law. Each Investor Certificateholder and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, by
acceptance of its Certificate, and each Certificate Owner, by acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate, agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.07. Each Certificateholder agrees that it will cause any Certificate
Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it to comply with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness under applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.07. Subject to Section 11.11, the Trustee shall treat the Trust
as a security device only, and shall not file tax returns or obtain an employer identification number on behalf of the Trust. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in light of the foregoing intended tax treatment. 

Section 3.08 Notices to the Transferor. In the event that the Transferor is not acting as Servicer, any Successor Servicer
appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall deliver or make available to the Transferor each certificate and report required to be prepared, forwarded or delivered thereafter pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06. 

Section 3.09 Reports to the Commission. 

(a) The Servicer shall, on behalf of the Trust, and at the expense of the Transferor, cause to be filed with the Commission any
periodic reports required to be filed under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Transferor shall, at the expense of the Servicer, cooperate in any reasonable request of the
Servicer in connection with such filings. 
 (b) With respect to any Monthly Period in which the Servicer or the Transferor
receives a request from any Certificate Owner to communicate with another Certificate Owner, the Servicer or the Transferor, as applicable, shall include the following information in the related distribution report on Form 10-D: 

  
 61 

 (i) the name of the Certificate Owner making such request; 

(ii) the date the Servicer or the Transferor, as applicable, received such request; 

(iii) a statement to the effect that the Transferor or Servicer, as applicable, has received a request from such Certificate
Owner stating that it is interested in communicating with other such Certificate Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under this Agreement and the other transaction documents; and 

(iv) a description of the method other such Certificate Owners may use to contact the requesting Certificate Owner; 

provided, however, that prior to disclosing the information listed above on Form 10-D, the Servicer or the Transferor, as applicable, shall be entitled
to verify the identity of such requesting Certificate Owner by requiring it to provide written certification that it is such a Certificate Owner and one other form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from
such Certificate Owner’s broker or dealer, or another similar document. The expenses related to investor communication requests will be paid by the Servicer from its own funds. 

ARTICLE IV 
 RIGHTS OF
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION 
 AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS 

Section 4.01 Rights of Certificateholders. Each Series of Investor Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the Trust,
including the benefits of any Credit Enhancement issued with respect to such Series and the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be deposited in the Investor Accounts, the
Collection Account (subject to Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) and any other Series Account (if so specified in the related Supplement) or to be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of such Series;
provided, however, that the aggregate interest represented by such Certificates at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed an amount equal to the Investor Interest for such Series at such time. The Transferor Certificate
shall represent the remaining undivided interest in the Trust not allocated to the Investor Certificates and the other interests issued by the Trust, including the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts
specified in this Article IV to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate; provided, however, that the aggregate interest represented by such Transferor Certificate at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed
the Transferor Interest at such time and such Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Investor Accounts, except as provided in this Agreement, or the benefits of any Credit Enhancement issued with respect to any Series. 

  
 62 

 Section 4.02 Establishment of Accounts. 

(a) The Collection Account. The Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider
(as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement), shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a non-interest bearing segregated account (the
“Collection Account”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or
in a related Supplement), and shall cause such Collection Account to be established and maintained, with an office or branch located in the states of Nebraska, Minnesota or New York of (i) World’s Foremost Bank if World’s Foremost
Bank is the Servicer (to the extent World’s Foremost Bank is a Qualified Institution), or (ii) a Qualified Institution; provided, however, that if World’s Foremost Bank is the Servicer, upon a Servicer Default, the
Collection Account shall not be permitted to be maintained with World’s Foremost Bank. Pursuant to authority granted to it pursuant to subsection 3.01(b), the Servicer shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account
for the purposes of carrying out its duties hereunder. 
 (b) The Finance Charge and Principal Accounts. The Trustee,
for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement), shall establish and maintain in the State of Minnesota with the Trustee, or cause to be
established and maintained in the State of Minnesota or New York with a Qualified Institution other than WFB, in the name of the Trust two segregated trust accounts (the “Finance Charge Account” and the “Principal Account,”
respectively), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement).
The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account shall be
under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement). If, at any time, the institution
holding the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Trustee shall notify the Rating Agency and within 10 Business Days establish a new Principal Account or Finance Charge Account, as the case may be,
meeting the conditions specified above with a Qualified Institution, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Principal Account or Finance Charge Account, as the case may be. From the date such new Principal Account or Finance
Charge Account, as the case may be, is established, it shall be the “Principal Account” or “Finance Charge Account.” Pursuant to authority granted to it hereunder, the Servicer shall have the revocable power to instruct the
Trustee to withdraw funds from the Finance Charge Account and Principal Account for the purpose of carrying out the Servicer’s duties hereunder. The Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate records reflecting each transaction in the
Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account and that funds held therein shall at all times be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or
in a related Supplement). 

  
 63 

 (c) The Distribution Account. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement), shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trust, with an office or branch of a Qualified
Institution (other than the Transferor), a segregated trust account (the “Distribution Account”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders
and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement). The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Distribution Account and in all
proceeds thereof. The Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a
related Supplement). 
 (d) Series Accounts. If so provided in the related Supplement, the Trustee, for the benefit of
the Investor Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trust, one or more Series Accounts and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement). Each
such Series Account shall bear a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of such Series and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear
herein or in a related Supplement). Each such Series Account will be a trust account, if so provided in the related Supplement and will have the other features and be applied as set forth in the related Supplement. 

(e) Administration of the Finance Charge and Principal Accounts. Funds on deposit in the Principal Account and the
Finance Charge Account, subject to receipt by the Trustee of written investment directions, shall at all times be invested in Permitted Investments. Any such investment shall mature and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to the
Transfer Date related to the Monthly Period in which such funds were processed for collection, or if so specified in the related Supplement, immediately preceding a Distribution Date and shall remain uninvested to the extent required for
distribution on such Distribution Date. The Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear herein or in a related Supplement) possession of the
negotiable instruments or securities evidencing the Permitted Investments described in clause (a) of the definition thereof from the time of purchase thereof until the time of sale or maturity; provided, that no such investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity date. At the end of each month, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account shall be deposited by the Trustee in a
separate deposit account with a Qualified Institution in the name of the Servicer, or a Person designated in writing by the Servicer, which shall not constitute a part of the Trust, or shall otherwise be turned over by the Trustee to the

  
 64 

 
Servicer not less frequently than monthly. Subject to the restrictions set forth above, the Servicer, or a Person designated in writing by the Servicer, of which the Trustee shall have received
written notification thereof, shall have the authority to instruct the Trustee with respect to the investment of funds on deposit in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the
balances in the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account for any reason under this Agreement, all investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit. 

(f) Excess Funding Account. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, shall establish and maintain or cause to be
established and maintained in the name of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust, with a Qualified Institution, a segregated trust account (the “Excess Funding Account”). The Excess Funding Account will bear a designation clearly indicating
that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Holders, and the Trustee shall have sole dominion and control over and possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Excess Funding Account and
in all proceeds thereof. 
 Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer in Section 3.01(b), the Servicer shall
have the power, revocable by the Trustee, to make withdrawals and payments from the Excess Funding Account and to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Excess Funding Account for the purposes of carrying out the
Servicer’s or the Trustee’s duties hereunder. 
 At the written direction of the Servicer, funds on deposit in the
Excess Funding Account to be invested shall be invested by the Trustee in Permitted Investments, selected by the Servicer, that will mature so that funds will be available at the close of business on the next Business Day. All such Permitted
Investments shall be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. The Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Holders possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Permitted Investments. 

On each Business Day, the Servicer shall determine the amount by which the Transferor Interest exceeds the Minimum Transferor
Interest on such date and shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw any such excess from the Excess Funding Account on such day and pay such amount to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no funds shall be withdrawn
from the Excess Funding Account for distribution to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate on any day if immediately after giving effect to such withdrawal the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust would be less than the Minimum Aggregate
Principal Receivables. 
 On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw on the next
succeeding Transfer Date from the Excess Funding Account and deposit in the Collection Account all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, for application as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the Monthly Period 

  
 65 

 
immediately preceding the Monthly Period in which such Transfer Date occurs. Interest (including reinvested interest) and other investment income and earnings on funds on deposit in the Excess
Funding Account shall not be considered part of the Excess Funding Amount for purposes of this Agreement. 
 On each
Determination Date on which one or more Series in a particular Group is in an Amortization Period, the Servicer shall determine the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each Series in such Group (after giving effect to
the allocation and payment provisions in subsection 4.03(e) and in the Supplement with respect to each such Series on the next succeeding Transfer Date), and the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw such amount (up to the Excess
Funding Amount) from the Excess Funding Account on the next succeeding Transfer Date and allocate such amount among each such Series in the applicable Group as Shared Principal Collections as specified in each related Supplement. 

Section 4.03 Collections and Allocations. 

(a) Collections. Except as provided below, the Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as
promptly as possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing. In the event of a Servicer Default, if World’s Foremost Bank is the Servicer, then,
immediately upon the occurrence of such event and thereafter, the Servicer shall deposit all Collections into the Collection Account which shall be established and maintained with a Qualified Institution other than World’s Foremost Bank in
accordance with subsection 4.02(a), and in no such event shall the Servicer deposit any Collections thereafter into any account established, held or maintained with World’s Foremost Bank. 

The Servicer shall allocate such amounts to each Series of Investor Certificates and to the Holder of the Transferor
Certificate in accordance with this Article IV and shall withdraw the required amounts from the Collection Account or pay such amounts to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate in accordance with this Article IV, in both cases as modified by any
Supplement. The Servicer shall make such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein by wire transfer or as otherwise provided in the Supplement for any Series of Certificates with respect to such Series. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and only so long as, WFB shall remain the Servicer
hereunder, and (a)(i) the Servicer provides to the Trustee a letter of credit from an issuer with a short term rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s and acceptable in form to Standard &
Poor’s and Moody’s and each Credit Enhancement Provider covering risk collection of the Servicer, and (ii) the Transferor shall have received a notice from any Rating Agency that such a letter of credit would not result in the
lowering of such Rating Agency’s then-existing rating of the Investor Certificates, or (b) the Servicer shall have and maintain a certificate of deposit or short-term deposit rating of P-1 by Moody’s and of A-1 by 

  
 66 

 
Standard & Poor’s and deposit insurance provided by the FDIC, the Servicer need not deposit Collections from the Collection Account into the Principal Account, the Finance Charge
Account or any Series Account, as provided in any Supplement, or make payments to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, prior to the close of business on the day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account as provided in this Article
IV, but may make such deposits, payments and withdrawals on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the net amount of such deposits, payments and withdrawals which would have been made but for the provisions of this paragraph. If at any time the
Servicer shall qualify to make deposits on the Transfer Date as provided in this paragraph (or shall cease to be so qualified) the Servicer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that the criteria set forth in (a)(i) and
(ii) or (b) of this paragraph have been satisfied (or have ceased to be satisfied). The Trustee may rely on such Officer’s Certificate without investigation or inquiry. 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Monthly Period, whether the Servicer is
required to make monthly or daily deposits from the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account, as provided in any Supplement, the Servicer will deposit Collections from the Collection Account
into the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account. Any amounts owed to the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or a related Supplement and any excess over the required amount to be deposited in an aforementioned
deposit account, or without duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date to Investor Certificateholders or to any Credit Enhancement Provider pursuant to the terms of a Supplement or agreement relating to such Credit
Enhancement shall be paid over to the Servicer from the aforementioned accounts. 
 (b) Allocations for the Transferor
Certificate. Throughout the existence of the Trust, unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage and
(B) the aggregate amount of such Collections allocated to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Monthly Period. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless otherwise stated
in any Supplement, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or any other amounts so allocated to the Transferor Certificate pursuant to any Supplement into the Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected to the
Holder of the Transferor Certificate provided, however, that amounts so allocated to the Transferor shall be deposited to the Excess Funding Account, as collected, to the extent that (i) the Transferor Interest is less than the
Minimum Transferor Interest or (ii) the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust are less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. 

(c) Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges. The Servicer shall be obligated to reduce on a net
basis each Monthly Period the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest as provided in this subsection 4.03(c) (a “Credit Adjustment”) with respect to any Principal Receivable (i) which was
created in respect of merchandise refused or returned by the Obligor 

  
 67 

 
thereunder or as to which the Obligor thereunder has asserted a counterclaim or defense, (ii) which is reduced by the Servicer by any rebate, refund,
charge-back or adjustment (including Servicer errors), (iii) which was created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge or (iv) which was credited pursuant to a debt deferral or debt
cancellation program and not recovered during such Monthly Period from Collections from Insurance Proceeds or reserves funded by fees generated through such programs. 

If the inclusion of the amount of a Credit Adjustment in the calculation of the Transferor Interest or the aggregate Principal
Receivables in the Trust would cause the Transferor Interest to be an amount less than the Minimum Transferor Interest or cause the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust to be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, the
Transferor, using funds received from RPA Seller pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, shall (i) make a deposit, no later than the Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Credit Adjustment, in the
Excess Funding Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the amount by which the inclusion of such Credit Adjustment would cause the Transferor Interest to be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest on
such Date of Processing and (y) the amount by which the inclusion of such Credit Adjustment would cause the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust to be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing, or
(ii) transfer such additional Eligible Receivables to the Trust in such amount. 
 Any amount deposited into the Excess
Funding Account in connection with a Credit Adjustment shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. If the Transferor shall fail to deposit into the Excess Funding Account any amount required to be so paid
pursuant to this Section 4.03 or subsection 2.04(d)(iii) (an “Adjustment Amount”), and shall not have subsequently paid such Adjustment Amount, Collections of Principal Receivables shall not be distributed or otherwise released to the
Transferor hereunder, but shall instead be deposited to the Excess Funding Account until the full Adjustment Amount has been deposited. The Adjustment Amount shall be reduced to the extent of such deposits. In addition, if the Transferor repurchases
the Receivables or the Certificates of any Series pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Article XII, the purchase price with respect to any Series shall include the Adjustment Amount allocable to such Series, if any. 

(d) Transfer of Defaulted Accounts. Unless otherwise provided in any Supplement, on the date on which an Account becomes
a Defaulted Account, the Trust shall automatically and without further action or consideration be deemed to transfer, set over, and otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest
of the Trust in and to Receivables in such Defaulted Account, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables, all proceeds of such Receivables (other than Recoveries) relating to such Receivables and Interchange (if any) allocable
to the Trust with respect to such Receivables. 

  
 68 

 (e) Shared Principal Collections. On each Transfer Date, (a) the
Servicer shall allocate Shared Principal Collections to each Principal Sharing Series, pro rata, in proportion to the Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series and (b) the Servicer shall withdraw (or shall instruct the
Trustee to withdraw) from the Principal Account and pay to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Principal Receivables which
the related Supplements or this Agreement specify are to be treated as “Shared Principal Collections” for such Transfer Date over (y) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Principal Sharing Series which the related Supplements
specify are “Principal Shortfalls” for such Transfer Date; provided, that such amounts shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate only if (i) the Transferor Interest on such Transfer Date exceeds the Minimum Transferor
Interest and (ii) the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust on such Transfer Date exceed the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables (in each case, after giving effect to the inclusion in the Trust of all Receivables created on or prior
to such Transfer Date and the application of payments to be made on the immediately following Distribution Date) and if (i) the Transferor Interest does not exceed the Minimum Transferor Interest or (ii) the aggregate Principal Receivables
in the Trust do not exceed the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, then such remaining Shared Principal Collections shall be deposited in the Excess Funding Account to be held and/or distributed as provided in subsection 4.02(f). 

Section 4.04 Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections. On each Transfer Date, (a) the Servicer shall allocate the aggregate
amount of Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections from all Excess Allocation Series for that Transfer Date among the Excess Allocation Series, pro rata, in proportion to the Finance Charge Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series and
(b) the Servicer shall withdraw (or shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw) from the Finance Charge Account and pay to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount for all
outstanding Series of the amounts which the related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections” for such Transfer Date over (y) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series which the related
Supplements specify are “Finance Charge Shortfalls” for such Transfer Date. 
 [THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND 

SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH 

RESPECT TO ANY SERIES] 

ARTICLE V 
 [ARTICLE V IS
RESERVED AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN 
 ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES] 

  
 69 

 ARTICLE VI 

THE CERTIFICATES 

Section 6.01 The Certificates. Subject to Sections 6.10 and 6.13, the Investor Certificates of each Series and any Class thereof
may be issued in bearer form (the “Bearer Certificates”) with attached interest coupons and a special coupon (collectively, the “Coupons”) or in fully registered form (the “Registered Certificates”), and shall be
substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the related Supplement. The Transferor Certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Investor Certificates and the Transferor Certificate shall, upon issue
pursuant hereto or to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, be executed and delivered by the Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Sections 2.01 and 6.02. Any Investor Certificate shall be issuable in a minimum
denomination of $1,000 Undivided Interest and integral multiples thereof, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement. The Transferor Certificate shall also be issued as a single certificate. Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or
facsimile signature on behalf of the Transferor by its President, Treasurer or Chief Operating Officer. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign
on behalf of the Transferor or the Trustee shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of
such Certificates. Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, no Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such
Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication except Bearer Certificates which shall be dated the applicable Issuance Date as provided in the related Supplement.

 Section 6.02 Authentication of Certificates. Contemporaneously with the initial assignment and transfer of the Receivables,
whether now existing or hereafter created (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) and the other components to the Trust, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the initial Series of Investor Certificates, upon the written order of the
Transferor, to the underwriters for the sale of the Book-Entry Certificates evidenced by such Investor Certificates, and against payment to the Transferor of the Initial Investor Interest (net of any purchase
or underwriting discount). Upon the receipt of such payment and the issuance of the Investor Certificates, such Investor Certificates shall be fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Transferor Certificate to
the Transferor simultaneously with its delivery to the Transferor of the initial Series of Investor Certificates. Upon a New Issuance as provided in Section 6.09 and the satisfaction of certain other conditions specified therein, the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in the related Supplement), upon the order of the Transferor, to the Persons designated in such Supplement. Upon the order of the
Transferor, the Certificates of any Series shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, in authorized denominations. If specified in the related Supplement for 

  
 70 

 
any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside the United States the Global Certificate that is issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written order of the Transferor, to
the Depository against payment of the purchase price therefor. If specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate Book-Entry Certificates that are issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written order of
the Transferor, to a Clearing Agency or its nominee as provided in Section 6.10 against payment of the purchase price thereof. 

Section 6.03 Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. 

(a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (the
“Transfer Agent and Registrar”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16, a register (the “Certificate Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and
Registrar shall provide for the registration of the Investor Certificates of each Series (unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement) and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. The Trustee is hereby
initially appointed Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purposes of registering the Investor Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. If any form of Investor Certificate is issued as a Global
Certificate, the Trustee may, or if and so long as any Series of Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in Luxembourg or
another European city. The costs, expenses and fees associated with any such co-transfer agent and co-registrar shall be paid by the Transferor. Any reference in this Agreement to the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall include any co-transfer agent
and co-registrar unless the context otherwise requires. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days’ written notice to the Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Transfer Agent
and Registrar, the Trustee shall appoint a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar. 
 Upon surrender for registration of
transfer of any Certificate at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Transferor shall execute, subject to the provisions of subsection 6.03(c), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests; provided, that the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to Bearer Certificates. 

At the option of an Investor Certificateholder, Investor Certificates may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the
same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests, upon surrender of the Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency. At the option of any Holder of Registered Certificates, Registered Certificates
may be exchanged for other Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests in the Trust, upon surrender of the Registered Certificates to be exchanged at any office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose. At the option of a Bearer Certificateholder, subject to applicable laws and regulations (including 

  
 71 

 
without limitation, the Bearer Rules), Bearer Certificates may be exchanged for other Bearer Certificates or Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like
aggregate Undivided Interests in the Trust, in the manner specified in the Supplement for such Series, upon surrender of the Bearer Certificates to be exchanged at an office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar located outside the United
States. Each Bearer Certificate surrendered pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall have attached thereto (or be accompanied by) all unmatured Coupons, provided that any Bearer Certificate so surrendered after the close of business on the Record
Date preceding the relevant Distribution Date after the related Series Termination Date need not have attached the Coupons relating to such Distribution Date. 

Whenever any Investor Certificates of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, the Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver, the Investor Certificates of such Series which the Certificateholder making the exchange is
entitled to receive. Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar
duly executed by the Certificateholder thereof or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing. 
 The preceding
provisions of this Section 6.03 notwithstanding, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Investor Certificate of any Series for a period of 15 days
preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series. 
 Unless otherwise provided
in the related Supplement, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates. 
 All Investor Certificates (together with any Coupons
attached to Bearer Certificates) surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy the Global
Certificates upon its exchange in full for Definitive Certificates in accordance with the Trustee’s normal procedures and shall deliver a certificate of destruction to the Transferor. Such certificate shall also state that a certificate or
certificates of each Foreign Clearing Agency to the effect referred to in Section 6.13 was received with respect to each portion of the Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive Certificates. 

The Transferor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as applicable, Bearer Certificates
and Registered Certificates in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Agreement and the Certificates. 

  
 72 

 (b) Except as provided in Section 6.09 or 7.02, in no event shall the
Transferor Certificate or any interest therein be transferred hereunder, in whole or in part, unless the Transferor shall have consented in writing to such transfer and unless the Trustee shall have received (1) confirmation in writing from
each Rating Agency that such transfer will not result in a lowering or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any Series of Investor Certificates, and (2) an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer does not adversely affect the conclusions
reached in any of the federal income tax opinions dated the applicable Closing Date issued in connection with the original issuance of any Series of Investor Certificates. In connection with any transfer of an interest in the Transferor Certificate,
the holder (including the Transferor or any subsequent transferee) thereof shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest therein or cause any interest therein to be marketed on or through either (i) an “established securities market”
within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, including without limitation an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or
otherwise or (ii) a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code section 7704(b)(2), including a market wherein interests in the Transferor Certificate are regularly quoted by
any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Transferor Certificate and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted
prices for itself or on behalf of others. 
 (c) Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, registration of
transfer of Registered Certificates containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Registered Certificates (which legend shall be set forth in the Supplement relating to such Investor Certificates) shall be effected only if the
conditions set forth in such related Supplement are satisfied. 
 Whenever a Registered Certificate containing the legend set
forth in the related Supplement is presented to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration of transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions from the Servicer regarding such transfer. The Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive written instructions signed by a Servicing Officer prior to registering any such transfer or authenticating new Registered Certificates, as the case may be. The Servicer hereby agrees to
indemnify the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted
by them in reliance on any such written instructions furnished pursuant to this subsection 6.03(c). 
 (d) The Transfer Agent
and Registrar will maintain at its expense in the City of St. Paul, Minnesota (and subject to this Section 6.03, if specified in the related Supplement for any Series, any other city designated in such Supplement) an office or offices or an
agency or agencies where Investor Certificates of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. 

  
 73 

 Section 6.04 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any
mutilated Certificate (together, in the case of Bearer Certificates, with all unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto) is surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the
absence of notice to the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Transferor shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which
case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver (in compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and aggregate Undivided Interest. In
connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.04, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall constitute complete and
indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time. 

Section 6.05 Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat a Certificateholder as the owner of the related Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article V (as described in any Supplement) and
for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; provided, however, that in determining whether
the holders of Investor Certificates evidencing the requisite Undivided Interests have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Transferor, the Servicer or any
Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Investor
Certificates which a Responsible Officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Investor Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded as outstanding, if the
pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof. 

In the case of a Bearer Certificate, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat
the holder of a Bearer Certificate or Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate or Coupon for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article IV and Article XII and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Certificates so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may be regarded as outstanding, if
the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof. 

  
 74 

 Section 6.06 Appointment of Paying Agent. 

(a) The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the appropriate account or accounts
maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as specified in this Agreement or the related Supplement for any Series pursuant to Articles IV and V hereof. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from such appropriate
account or accounts for the purpose of making distributions referred to above. The Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent, if the Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the
Paying Agent) determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect or for other good cause. The Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying Agent)
shall notify each Credit Enhancement Provider, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of the removal of any Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, unless the Supplement with respect to any Series states otherwise, shall initially be the Trustee.
If any form of Investor Certificate is issued as a Global Certificate, or if and so long as any Series of Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-paying
agent in Luxembourg or another European city. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Trustee shall appoint a
successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company). The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall apply to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. Any
reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise. 

If specified in the related Supplement for any Series, so long as the Investor Certificates of such Series are outstanding, the
Transferor shall maintain a co-paying agent in New York City (for Registered Certificates only) or any other city designated in such Supplement which, if and so long as any Series of Investor Certificates is
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or other stock exchange and such exchange so requires, shall be in Luxembourg or the location required by such other stock exchange. 

(b) The Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (other than itself) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to
such Certificateholders and shall agree, and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent it hereby agrees, that it shall comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code regarding the withholding by the Trustee of payments in respect of federal
income taxes due from Certificate Owners. 

  
 75 

 Section 6.07 Access to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses. The
Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or the Paying Agent, respectively,
in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer or the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date for payment of distributions to Investor Certificateholders.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Investor Interest of the Investor Certificates of any Series, or any Credit Enhancement
Provider (the “Applicants”), may apply in writing to the Trustee, and if such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series (or the holders of Investor Certificates, in
the case of any Credit Enhancement Provider) with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Investor Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after
having been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of
Certificateholders held by the Trustee and shall give the Servicer notice that such request has been made, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of
receipt of such Applicants’ request. Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such information was obtained. 

Section 6.08 Authenticating Agent. 

(a) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be authorized to act
on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Certificates. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the authentication of
Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of
the Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Transferor. 
 (b) Any
institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such authenticating agent.

  
 76 

 (c) An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of
resignation to the Trustee and to the Transferor. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Transferor. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Transferor, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating
agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall
be appointed unless acceptable to the Trustee and the Transferor. 
 (d) The Trustee agrees to pay each authenticating agent
from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.08, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed and the Servicer shall reimburse the Trustee for such payments actually made, subject to the provisions of
Section 11.05. 
 (e) The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

 (f) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 6.08, the Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of
the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 

This is one of the certificates described in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

 

			
	  

	as Authenticating Agent for the Trustee,
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer

 Section 6.09 New Issuances. 

(a) Upon the issuance of a new Series of Investor Certificates, the Trustee shall issue to or upon the order of the Holder of
the Transferor Certificate under Section 6.01, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication under Section 6.02, one or more new Series of Investor Certificates; provided, however, the prior written consent
of MBIA Insurance Corporation, a New York stock insurance company, or any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as Credit Enhancement Provider with respect to any Series, shall have been previously obtained if the issuance of any Series shall
cause the Trust to have Investor Certificates outstanding which, in the aggregate, exceed $1,099,999,999; provided further, however, the prior written consent referred to in the immediately preceding proviso need not be obtained
if such Credit Enhancement Provider is providing Credit Enhancement to one or more Series of Investor Certificates with Investor Interests, in the aggregate, of $300,000,000 or less; provided, further, that for purposes of the two
preceding provisos, the outstanding amount of the Investor Certificate and the Investor Interest with respect to Series 2001-1 shall equal the 

  
 77 

 
Maximum Commitment Amount (as defined in the Supplement for Series 2001-1). Any such Series of Investor Certificates shall be substantially in the form specified in the related Supplement and
shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs, as selected by the Transferor. Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all Investor Certificates of any Series shall rank pari passu
and be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof (except that the Credit Enhancement provided for any Series shall not be available for any other Series) without preference, priority or distinction on account of the
actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement. 

(b) The Holder of the Transferor Certificate may permit a new Series of Investor Certificates to be issued (a “New
Issuance”) by notifying the Trustee and any Credit Enhancement Provider, in writing at least three days in advance (a “New Issuance Notice”) of the date upon which the New Issuance is to occur (a “New Issuance Date”). Any
New Issuance Notice shall state the designation of any Series (and Class thereof, if applicable) to be issued on the New Issuance Date and, with respect to each such Series: (a) its Initial Investor Interest (or the method for calculating such
Initial Investor Interest) (b) its Certificate Rate (or the method for allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any, and (c) the Credit Enhancement Provider, if any, with respect to such Series. On the New
Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any such Series of Investor Certificates only upon delivery to it of the following: (a) a Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in subsection 6.09(c) executed by the Transferor
and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (b) the applicable Credit Enhancement, if any, (c) the agreement, if any, pursuant to which the Credit Enhancement Provider agrees to provide the Credit Enhancement, if any, (d) a Tax
Opinion with respect to the issuance of such Series, (e) written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the New Issuance will not result in such Rating Agency’s reducing or withdrawing its rating on any then outstanding Series as to
which it is a Rating Agency and (f) an Officer’s Certificate signed by the President, Treasurer or Chief Operating Officer of the Transferor, that on the New Issuance Date (i) the Transferor, after giving effect to the New Issuance,
would not be required to add Additional Accounts pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) and (ii) after giving effect to such New Issuance, the Transferor Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest. In addition, the Transferor
agrees to provide notice of new issuances of Series of Investor Certificates as may be required by and in accordance with Item 1121(a)(14) of Regulation AB. Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Trustee shall cancel the existing Transferor
Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates, as the case may be, and issue, as provided above, such Series of Investor Certificates and a new Transferor Certificate, dated the New Issuance Date. There is no limit to the number of New Issuances
that may be performed under this Agreement. 
 (c) In conjunction with a New Issuance, the parties hereto shall execute a
Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to any newly issued Series of Investor Certificates, which may include without limitation: (i) its name or designation, (ii) an Initial Investor Interest or the method of
calculating the Initial 

  
 78 

 
Investor Interest, (iii) the method of determining any adjusted Investor Interest, if applicable, (iv) the Certificate Rate (or formula for the determination thereof), (v) the
Closing Date, (vi) each rating agency rating such Series, (vii) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any, (viii) the rights of the Holder of the Transferor Certificate that have been transferred to the Holders of such Series pursuant
to such New Issuance (including any rights to allocations of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables), (ix) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue, (x) the
periods during which or dates on which principal will be paid or accrued, (xi) the method of allocating Collections with respect to Principal Receivables for such Series and, if applicable, with respect to other Series and the method by which
the principal amount of Investor Certificates of such Series shall amortize or accrete and the method for allocating Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, (xii) any other Collections with
respect to Receivables or other amounts available to be paid with respect to such Series, (xiii) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such account and use of moneys therein,
(xiv) the Series Servicing Fee and the Series Servicing Fee Percentage, (xv) the Minimum Transferor Interest and the Series Termination Date, (xvi) the terms of any Credit Enhancement with respect to such Series, and the Credit
Enhancement Provider, if applicable, (xvii) the base rate applicable to such Series, (xviii) the terms on which the Certificates of such Series may be repurchased or remarketed to other investors, (xix) any deposit into any account
provided for such Series, (xx) the number of Classes of such Series, and if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class, (xxi) whether Interchange or other fees will be included in the funds available to be paid for
such Series, (xxii) the priority of any Series with respect to any other Series, (xxiii) the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, (xxiv) whether such Series will be part of a Group, (xxv) whether such Series will or may be a
Companion Series and the Series with which it will be paired, if applicable, and (xxvi) any other relevant terms of such Series (including whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral for an issuance of any other securities,
including commercial paper) (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series). The terms of such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as applied to such new Series. If on the date of the issuance of such
Series there is issued and outstanding one or more Series of Investor Certificates and no Series of Investor Certificates is currently rated by a Rating Agency, then as a condition to such New Issuance a nationally recognized investment banking firm
or commercial bank shall also deliver to the Trustee an officer’s certificate stating, in substance, that the New Issuance will not have an adverse effect on the timing or distribution of payments to such other Series of Investor Certificates
then issued and outstanding. 
 Section 6.10 Book-Entry Certificates. Unless otherwise
provided in any related Supplement, the Investor Certificates, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the
depository specified in such Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, by or on behalf of such Series. The Investor Certificates of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the
related Supplement, initially be registered on the Certificate Register in the name of the nominee of the 

  
 79 

 
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency. No Certificate Owner will receive a definitive certificate representing such Certificate Owner’s interest in the related Series of Investor
Certificates, except as provided in Section 6.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Investor Certificates of any Series (“Definitive Certificates”) have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12: 

(i) the provisions of this Section 6.10 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series; 

(ii) the Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee may deal with the
Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions on the Investor Certificates of each such Series) as the authorized representatives of the Certificate Owners; 

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 6.10 conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the
provisions of this Section 6.10 shall control with respect to each such Series; and 
 (iv) the rights of Certificate
Owners of each such Series shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Certificate Owners
and the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Certificates of such Series are issued pursuant to
Section 6.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Investor
Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants. 
 Section 6.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever notice or other
communication to the Certificateholders is required under this Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications
specified herein to be given to Holders of the Investor Certificates to the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for distribution to Holders of Investor Certificates. 

Section 6.12 Definitive Certificates. If (i) (A) the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency
or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement, and (B) the Trustee or the Transferor is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the
Transferor, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with respect to any Series of Certificates or
(iii) after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners of a Series representing beneficial interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of such Series advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency or
Foreign 

  
 80 

 
Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Certificate Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event
and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners of such Series requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Investor Certificates of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency,
accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for registration, the Trustee shall issue the Definitive Certificates of such Series. Neither the Transferor nor the Trustee shall be liable for
any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Certificates of such Series all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be
performed by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Certificates, and the Trustee shall recognize the
Holders of the Definitive Certificates of such Series as Certificateholders of such Series hereunder. 
 Section 6.13 Global
Certificate; Euro-Certificate Exchange Date. If specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Investor Certificates may be initially issued in the form of a single temporary Global Certificate (the “Global Certificate”) in
bearer form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the Initial Investor Interest and substantially in the form attached to the related Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement, the provisions of this
Section 6.13 shall apply to such Global Certificate. The Global Certificate will be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Certificates. The Global
Certificate may be exchanged in the manner described in the related Supplement for Registered or Bearer Certificates in definitive form. 

Section 6.14 Meetings of Certificateholders. To the extent provided by the Supplement for any Series issued in whole or in part in
Bearer Certificates, the Servicer or the Trustee may at any time call a meeting of the Certificateholders of such Series, to be held at such time and at such place as the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine, for the purpose
of approving a modification of or amendment to, or obtaining a waiver of, any covenant or condition set forth in this Agreement with respect to such Series or in the Certificates of such Series, subject to Section 13.01 of this Agreement. 

ARTICLE VII 
 OTHER
MATTERS RELATING 
 TO THE TRANSFEROR 

Section 7.01 Liability of the Transferor. The Transferor shall be liable in accordance herewith to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Transferor. 

  
 81 

 Section 7.02 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the
Transferor. 
 (a) The Transferor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer
its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: 
 (i) the corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which the Transferor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Transferor substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall be either (1) a business entity that may not become a debtor in a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code or (2) a bankruptcy-remote special-purpose
entity, the powers and activities or which shall be limited to the performance of Transferor’s obligations under this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents and, if the Transferor is not the surviving entity, shall expressly
assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Transferor, as applicable hereunder and thereunder and shall benefit
from all the rights granted to the Transferor, as applicable hereunder and thereunder. To the extent that any right, covenant or obligation of the Transferor, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity
shall be subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor entity. In furtherance hereof, in applying this Section 7.02 to a successor entity, Section 9.02
hereof shall be applied by reference to events of involuntary liquidation, receivership or conservatorship applicable to such successor entity as shall be set forth in the officer’s certificate described in subsection 7.02(a) (ii); 

(ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate signed by the President, Treasurer or
Chief Operating Officer of the Transferor stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 7.02 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the surviving entity, enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect or general principles of equity; 

(iii) the Transferor shall have delivered notice to the Rating Agency and each Credit Enhancement Provider of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer; and 

  
 82 

 (iv) if any Series of Certificates are outstanding that were characterized as
debt at the time of their issuance, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion dated the date of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer. 

(b) The obligations of the Transferor hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the
Transferor hereunder except for mergers, consolidations, assumptions or transfers in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph. 

Section 7.03 Limitation on Liability. The directors, officers, employees or agents of the Transferor shall not be under any
liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the officers, directors, employees,
or agents of the Transferor against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder.
The Transferor shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity as Transferor
pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement whether arising from express or implied duties under this Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Transferor against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. The Transferor and any director, officer, employee or
agent may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. 

Section 7.04 [RESERVED]. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 OTHER
MATTERS RELATING 
 TO THE SERVICER 

Section 8.01 Liability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein. 
 Section 8.02 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, the Servicer. The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: 

  
 83 

 (a) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is
merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the
District of Columbia, and shall be a state or national banking association or other entity which is not subject to the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America and, if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an
agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder (to the extent that any right, covenant or obligation of the
Servicer, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor entity); 

(b) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate that such consolidation, merger, conveyance
or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 8.02 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is
the legal, valid and binding obligation of the surviving entity, enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect or general principles of equity; and 

(c) the Servicer shall have delivered notice to the Rating Agency of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer. 

Section 8.03 Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others. The directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer
shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability
is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
directors, officers, employees and agents of the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of
obligations and duties hereunder. Except as provided in Section 8.04, the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents, the Certificateholders or any other Person for any
action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder or under any Supplement. The Servicer may rely in good
faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement which in its reasonable opinion may involve it in any expense or liability. 

  
 84 

 Section 8.04 Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee. The Servicer
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Transferor, the Trust and the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or
omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to activities of the Transferor, the Trust or the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement or other Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to any judgment,
award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify
the Trustee if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute or are caused by fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by the Trustee; provided further, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the Transferor, the Trust,
the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust with respect to any action taken by the Trustee at the request of the Investor Certificateholders; provided further, that the
Servicer shall not indemnify the Transferor, the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners as to any losses, claims or damages incurred by any of them in their capacities as investors, including without limitation losses
incurred as a result of Defaulted Accounts or Receivables which are written off as uncollectible; and provided further, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the Transferor, the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate
Owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Transferor, the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise
taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required to be paid by the Transferor, the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the
Certificate Owners in connection herewith to any taxing authority. Any such indemnification shall not be payable from the assets of the Trust and shall be subordinated to all obligations of the Servicer under the Transaction Documents. The
provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations hereof and shall survive the termination of this Trust and the resignation or removal of the Servicer or the Trustee. 

Section 8.05 The Servicer Not to Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except
upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder
permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion of Counsel and as to clause (ii) by an Officer’s Certificate, each to such
effect delivered to the Trustee. No such resignation shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 10.02 hereof. If the
Trustee is unable within 120 days of the date of such determination to appoint a Successor Servicer, the Trustee shall serve as Successor Servicer hereunder. 

  
 85 

 Section 8.06 Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the
Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Investor
Certificateholders (including, without limitation, in connection with becoming the Successor Servicer hereunder), or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon
reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to the Servicer’s normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 8.06 shall
derogate from the obligation of the Transferor, the Credit Card Originator, the Trustee or the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as
provided in this Section 8.06 as a result of such obligations shall not constitute a breach of this Section 8.06. 

Section 8.07 Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of business, the Servicer may at any time delegate any duties hereunder
to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. A copy of any agreement manifesting such delegation shall be delivered to each Credit Enhancement Provider; provided, however, the Servicer
shall have obtained the written consent of each Credit Enhancement Provider prior to a delegation pursuant to this Section 8.07. Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such
duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 8.05 hereof. Notification of any such delegation shall be given to each Rating Agency 30 calendar days (or, if the Trustee is assuming the duties of Successor
Servicer, as soon as reasonably practicable) prior to any delegation pursuant to this Section 8.07 (such notice shall not apply for the designation of that certain Sub-servicing Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2000 between the
Transferor and First Data Resources Inc.). 
 Section 8.08 Examination of Records. The Servicer shall clearly and unambiguously
identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated pursuant to Section 2.06) in its computer or other records to reflect that the Receivables arising in such Account have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.
The Servicer shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that such receivable is not a Receivable. 

  
 86 

 ARTICLE IX 

PAY OUT EVENTS 

Section 9.01 Pay Out Events. If any one of the following events (each, a “Trust Pay Out Event”) shall occur: 

(a) the Transferor, any other holder of the Transferor Certificate, the RPA Seller, Cabela’s Incorporated or any parent or
affiliate thereof shall become a debtor under any Debtor Relief Law, consent to the appointment of a trustee, conservator or receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
proceedings of or relating to the Transferor, such other holder of the Transferor Certificate, the RPA Seller, Cabela’s Incorporated or any parent or affiliate thereof or all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court
or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a trustee, conservator or receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Transferor, any other holder of the Transferor Certificate, the RPA Seller, Cabela’s Incorporated or
any parent or affiliate thereof; or the Transferor or other holder of the Transferor Certificate or the RPA Seller shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any
applicable bankruptcy insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations (any such event, an “Insolvency Event”); 

(b) the Transferor shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement or the RPA Seller shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Transferor in accordance with the provisions of the Receivables Purchase Agreement; or 

(c) the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission as an “investment company”
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 
 then a Pay Out Event with respect to all Series of Certificates shall occur without any notice or other
action on the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event. 
 Section 9.02
Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events. If an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Transferor, or other holder of the Transferor Certificate, or with respect to RPA Seller, the Transferor shall on the day any such
Insolvency Event occurs, immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to the Trust and shall promptly give notice to the Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the Trust of additional Principal Receivables,
Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust prior to the occurrence of such Insolvency Event, Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables (whenever created) accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables
shall continue to be a part of the Trust. 
 The proceeds thereof shall be allocated in accordance with the terms of Article IV of each
Supplement and distributed to Investor Certificateholders and Credit Enhancement Providers in accordance with the terms of each Supplement. 

  
 87 

 ARTICLE X 

SERVICER DEFAULTS 

Section 10.01 Servicer Defaults. If any one of the following events (a “Servicer Default”) shall occur and be
continuing: 
 (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit or to give instructions or notice to
the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement or to instruct the Trustee to make any required drawing, withdrawal, or payment under any Credit Enhancement on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the date such payment,
transfer, deposit withdrawal or drawing or such instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may be, under the terms of this Agreement; 

(b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the
Servicer set forth in this Agreement, which has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the
same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series
adversely affected thereby and continues to materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period or the Servicer has actual knowledge of such failure; or the Servicer shall delegate its duties under this Agreement, except as
permitted by Section 8.07; 
 (c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in this Agreement
or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect
for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series adversely affected thereby and continues to materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period or the Servicer has actual
knowledge of such failure; or 
 (d) the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator
in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer, and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Servicer shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend
payment of its obligations; 

  
 88 

 then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the Trustee, or the
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest, by notice then given in writing to the Servicer and each Credit Enhancement Provider (and to the Trustee if given by the
Investor Certificateholders) (a “Termination Notice”), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement. After receipt by the Servicer of such Termination Notice, and on the date that a
Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer; and, without limitation, the Trustee is
hereby authorized and empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all
documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing
rights and obligations. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including, without limitation,
paying to the Trustee the costs and expenses associated with such succession, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all
authority over all Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, and any Series
Account, or which shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer and in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds and Interchange (if any) applicable to the Trust. The Servicer shall promptly
transfer its electronic records or electronic copies thereof relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all
other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.01 shall
require the Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements
as the Servicer shall deem reasonably necessary to protect its interests. The Servicer shall, on the date of any servicing transfer, transfer all of its rights and obligations under the Credit Enhancement with respect to any Series to the Successor
Servicer. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of a Series 2001-1 Pay Out Event (as defined in the
Supplement for Series 2001-1), a Series 2001-2 Pay Out Event (as defined in the Supplement for Series 2001-2, or a Series 2003-1 Pay Out Event (as defined in the Supplement for Series 2003-1, other than a default by the Credit Enhancement Provider

  
 89 

 
under the applicable Supplement) or a Pay Out Event pursuant to Section 9.01(a), 9.01(b) or 9.01(c) of this Agreement or a Servicer Default pursuant to this Agreement, Holders of the
Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest shall have the right to (i) instruct the Trustee to terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the
Agreement and (ii) appoint a Successor Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that with respect to the operation of this provision only, Investor Interest for Series 2001-1 shall mean the Maximum
Commitment Amount (as defined in the Supplement for such Series). The Transferor hereby agrees not to take any action in any Supplement that would dilute or impair the rights of the Certificateholder for Series 2001-1 with respect to the operation
of this provision. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in subsection 10.01(a) for a period of
10 Business Days or under subsection 10.01(b) or (c) for a period of 60 Business Days, shall not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such
delay or failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion, riot or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear disasters or
meltdowns, floods, power outages or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall
provide the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider, the Transferor, the Rating Agencies and the Holders of Investor Certificates with an Officer’s Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of
the cause of such failure or delay and its efforts so to perform its obligations. 
 Section 10.02 Trustee to Act; Appointment of
Successor. 
 (a) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 10.01, the
Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice. The Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency of such removal of the Servicer. The Trustee shall, subject to the
penultimate paragraph of Section 10.01, as promptly as possible after the giving of a Termination Notice or resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.05 appoint a successor servicer (the “Successor Servicer”), and such
Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Trustee. The Trustee may obtain bids from any potential successor servicer. If the Trustee is unable to obtain any bids from any potential successor
servicer and the Servicer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a Termination Notice, and if the Trustee is legally unable to act as Successor Servicer, then
the Trustee shall notify each Credit Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of the Receivables and shall provide each such Credit Enhancement Provider an opportunity to bid on the Receivables and shall offer the Transferor the right of first
refusal to acquire the Receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Trustee, but in no event less than an amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Interest on the date of such acquisition plus all interest
accrued but unpaid on all 

  
 90 

 
of the outstanding Investor Certificates at the applicable Certificate Rate through the date of such acquisition plus all amounts owing to Credit Enhancement Providers; provided,
however, that if the short-term deposits or long-term unsecured debt obligations of WFB (or if neither such deposits nor such obligations of WFB are rated by
Moody’s, if Moody’s is a Rating Agency with respect to any Series of Certificates outstanding, then of the holding company of WFB so long as such holding company shall be Cabela’s Incorporated) are not rated at the time of such
acquisition at least P-3 or Baa3, respectively, by Moody’s, if Moody’s is a Rating Agency with respect to any Series of Certificates outstanding, no such acquisition by the Transferor shall occur
unless the Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such acquisition would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance of the Transferor. The proceeds of such purchase or acquisition shall be deposited in
the Distribution Account or any Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders of each outstanding Series pursuant to Section 12.03 of the Agreement. In the event that a Successor
Servicer has not been appointed and has not accepted its appointment at the time when the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer; provided,
however, that the Trustee shall not be liable for any errors or omissions of the predecessor Servicer. Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any
established financial institution having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital
requirements, having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of VISA or MasterCard credit card receivables as the Successor Servicer hereunder. All costs and expenses incurred by the Successor
Servicer pursuant to this Section 10.02(a) shall be paid by the Transferor. 
 (b) Upon its appointment, the Successor
Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms
and provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be liable for any errors or omissions of the predecessor
Servicer. Any Successor Servicer, by its acceptance of its appointment, will automatically agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of each Credit Enhancement. 

(c) In connection with such appointment and assumption, the Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation, or may make such
arrangements for the compensation of the Successor Servicer out of Collections, as it and such Successor Servicer shall agree; provided, however, that no such compensation shall be in excess of the Servicing Fee permitted to the
Servicer pursuant to Section 3.02. The Transferor agrees that if the Servicer is terminated hereunder, it will agree to deposit with the Trustee a portion of the Collections in respect of Finance Charge Receivables that it is entitled to
receive pursuant to Article IV to pay its share of the compensation of the Successor Servicer. 

  
 91 

 (d) All authority and power granted to the Successor Servicer under this
Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 and shall pass to and be vested in the Transferor and, without limitation, the Transferor is hereby authorized and empowered to execute
and deliver, on behalf of the Successor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Transferor in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Successor Servicer to
conduct servicing on the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the Transferor in such electronic form as the Transferor may reasonably request and shall transfer all other records,
correspondence and documents to the Transferor in the manner and at such times as the Transferor shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.02 shall require the Successor Servicer to disclose to the Transferor
information of any kind which the Successor Servicer deems to be confidential, the Transferor shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Successor Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its
interests. 
 (e) If the Trustee is appointed as Successor Servicer, (i) the Trustee shall perform its servicing
responsibilities for a fee equal to the product of (A) 2.0% per annum and (B) the sum of the Weighted Average Investor Interests (as defined in a related Supplement) for all Series then outstanding, (ii) costs for transfer of
servicing shall not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate, (iii) the Trustee shall assume its obligations of Successor Servicer as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date specified in the Termination Notice or pursuant to
Section 8.05 of this Agreement and (iv) the Trustee shall service pursuant to the standards of the credit card industry and in accordance with the customary and usual servicing procedures of other credit card industry participants for
servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in a manner substantially similar to the Credit Card Guidelines, but not adverse to current servicing by the Trustee of credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables. 

Section 10.03 Notification to Certificateholders. Within two Business Days after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer
Default, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and any Credit Enhancement Provider and the Trustee shall give notice to the Investor Certificateholders at their respective
addresses appearing in the Certificate Register. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to Investor Certificateholders at their respective
addresses appearing in the Certificate Register. 
 Section 10.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66-2/3% of the Investor Interest of each Series adversely affected by any default by the Servicer or Transferor may, on behalf of all Certificateholders of such Series, waive any default by
the Servicer or Transferor in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a default in the failure to make any required deposits or payments of interest or principal 

  
 92 

 
relating to such Series pursuant to Article IV which default does not result from the failure of the Paying Agent to perform its obligations to make any required deposits or payments of interest
and principal in accordance with Article IV. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived. 
 ARTICLE XI

 THE TRUSTEE 

Section 11.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of any Servicer Default and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have
occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. If a Responsible Officer has received written notice that a Servicer Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s
own affairs. 
 (b) The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents,
orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this
Agreement. 
 (c) Subject to subsection 11.01(a), no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own misconduct; provided, however, that: 

(i) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or
Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(ii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee in relation to such Series, under this Agreement; and 

  
 93 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by the
Servicer referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 10.01 unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer, any Credit
Enhancement Provider or any Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Investor Interest of any Series adversely affected thereby. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance
of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and
none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement except during such time, if any, as
the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

(e) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, the Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the
interests of the Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created. 

(f) Except as provided in this subsection 11.01(f), the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust including,
without limitation, the power to (i) accept any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof, (ii) add any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust, except for
an addition permitted under Section 2.06 or (iii) withdraw from the Trust any Receivables, except for a withdrawal permitted under Sections 2.07, 9.02, 10.02, 12.01 or 12.02 or subsections 2.04(d), 2.04(e) or Article IV. 

(g) Subject to subsection 11.01(d) above, in the event that the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar (if other than
the Trustee) shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be
obligated promptly to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required. 
 (h) If the Transferor has
agreed to transfer any of its credit card receivables (other than the Receivables) to another Person, upon the written request of the Transferor, the Trustee will enter into such intercreditor agreements with the transferee of such receivables as
are reasonably customary and necessary to identify separately the rights, if any, of the Trust and such other Person in the Transferor’s credit card receivables; provided, that the Trust shall not be required to enter into any
intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders and, upon the request of the Trustee, the Transferor will deliver an Opinion of Counsel on any matters relating to such intercreditor agreement, reasonably
requested by the Trustee. 

  
 94 

 (i) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Agreement relating to the conduct or effecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.01. 

(j) The permissive right of the Trustee to take actions enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty and the
Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct. 
 Section 11.02 Certain Matters Affecting
the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01: 
 (a) the Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in
acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer’s certificate, the annual Servicer’s certificate, the monthly payment instructions and
notification to the Trustee, the monthly Certificateholder’s statement, any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order,
appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by the proper party or parties; 

(b) the Trustee may consult with counsel (and upon the advice of such counsel, the Trustee may consult with investment banking
firms, accounting firms and other experts), and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of
Counsel; 
 (c) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Agreement or any Credit Enhancement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, including acting as a Requesting Party under Section 2.09 hereof, at the request, order or direction of any of the
Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless such Certificateholders or Credit Enhancement Provider shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and any Credit Enhancement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; 

(d) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it
to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement; 

  
 95 

 (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of
matters stated in any assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer’s certificate, the annual Servicer’s certificate, the monthly payment instructions and notification to the Trustee, the
monthly Certificateholder’s statement, the Asset Representation Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series; 

(f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents or attorneys or a custodian, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney or custodian appointed with due care by it hereunder; 

(g) except as may be required by subsection 11.01(a), the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic
examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Transferor with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose;

 (h) whenever in the administration of this Agreement the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or
established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate; and 

(i) the Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any default or other fact upon the occurrence of which it might be required to
take action hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or has received written notice thereof. 

Section 11.03 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the
recitals contained in this Agreement and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates). Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of
this Agreement or of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Transferor of any of the
Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Transferor or to the holder of the Transferor Certificate in respect of the Receivables or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection
Account, the Principal Account or the Finance Charge Account, or any Series Account by the Servicer. 
 Section 11.04 Trustee May
Own Certificates. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee. 

  
 96 

 Section 11.05 The Servicer to Pay Trustee’s Fees and Expenses. The Servicer
covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust)
for all services rendered by it in the execution of the Trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, subject to Section 8.04, the Servicer will pay or reimburse the
Trustee (without reimbursement from any Investor Account, any Series Account or otherwise) upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this
Agreement except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence or bad faith and except as provided in the following sentence. The Transferor covenants and agrees to reimburse the Servicer from time to time for all
amounts paid by the Servicer to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 11.05 upon written demand therefor; provided, however, that no Trust Assets shall be used for such purpose. If the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to
Section 10.02, the provisions of this Section 11.05 shall not apply to expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the Trustee in its capacity as Successor Servicer. 

The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.05 shall survive the termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the
initial Servicer or the Trustee. 
 Section 11.06 Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee hereunder shall at all times
be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by
Moody’s and BBB- by Standard & Poor’s having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to
risk-based capital adequacy requirements, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.06, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus
as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.06, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in Section 11.07. 
 Section 11.07 Resignation or Removal of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the Trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the
Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor
trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
trustee. 

  
 97 

 (b) If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Transferor, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the
Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Transferor may, but shall not be
required to, remove the Trustee and promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee. 

(c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this
Section 11.07 shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.08 hereof and any liability of the Trustee arising hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee.
The Transferor shall give written notice to each Rating Agency of any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.07. 

Section 11.08 Successor Trustee. 

(a) Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.07 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Transferor and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with the like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all
documents and statements held by it hereunder, and the Transferor and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the
successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. 
 (b) No successor trustee shall accept appointment as
provided in this Section 11.08 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall be an Eligible Servicer, and, if Standard & Poor’s is then a
Rating Agency, unless Standard & Poor’s shall have consented to such appointment. 
 (c) Upon acceptance of
appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.08, such successor trustee shall mail notice of such succession hereunder to all Certificateholders at their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register. 

  
 98 

 Section 11.09 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into which the Trustee
may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee,
shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto,
anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 Section 11.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee
or Separate Trustee. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, such title to the trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 11.10, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.
No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 11.06 and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 11.08 hereof. 
 (b)
Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions: 

(i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to
act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any laws of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the Servicer hereunder),
the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised
and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee; 

(ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and 

(iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
co-trustee. 

  
 99 

 (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to
have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or
co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article XI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall
be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of
this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer. 

(d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee as its
agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Agreement on its behalf
and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by
the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. 
 Section 11.11 Tax
Returns. In the event the Trust shall be required to file tax returns, the Servicer shall prepare and the Trustee (on behalf of the Trust) shall execute, as soon as practicable after they are made aware of such requirement, any tax returns
required to be filed by the Trust and, to the extent possible, the Servicer shall file such returns at least five days before such returns are due to be filed. The Trustee is hereby authorized to sign any such return on behalf of the Trust. The
Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee at least five days prior to the date it is required by law to be
distributed to Certificateholders. The Trustee, upon request, will furnish the Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust. In no event
shall the Trustee or the Servicer be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation federal, state, local or foreign
income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). 

Section 11.12 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement
or any Series of Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be
brought in its own name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of any Series
of Certificateholders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained. 

  
 100 

 Section 11.13 Suits for Enforcement. If a Servicer Default shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion may, subject to the provisions of Section 10.01 and 11.14, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of any Series of Certificateholders under this Agreement by a suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or for the enforcement of any other legal,
equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or any Series of Certificateholders. 

Section 11.14 Rights of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee. Subject to Sections 2.09 and 15.02, Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest (or, with respect to any remedy, trust or power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the Aggregate Investor Interest of the Investor Certificates of
all Series to which such remedy, trust or power relates) shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee;
provided, however, that, subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken,
or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of
Certificateholders not parties to such direction; and provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such
direction of such Holders of Investor Certificates. 
 Section 11.15 Representations and Warranties of Trustee. The Trustee
represents and warrants that: 
 (a) the Trustee is a national banking association organized, existing and authorized to
engage in the business of banking under the laws of the United States of America; 
 (b) the Trustee has full power,
authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement; 

(c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and 

(d) this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance
with its terms, except as subject to any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency provision, general principles of equity and applicable state law. 

  
 101 

 Section 11.16 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Trustee will maintain at its
expense in the St. Paul, Minnesota an office or offices, or agency or agencies, where notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served. The Trustee initially appoints its Corporate Trust
Office as its office for such purposes in Minnesota. The Trustee will give prompt written notice to the Servicer and to Certificateholders (or in the case of Holders of Bearer Certificates, in the manner provided for in the related Supplement) of
any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency. 
 ARTICLE XII 

TERMINATION 

Section 12.01 Termination of Trust. 

(a) The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than
the obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Certificateholders as hereafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 11.05 and subsections 2.04(c) and 12.03(b), on the Trust Termination Date;
provided, however, that the Trust shall not terminate on the date specified in clause (i) of the definition of “Trust Termination Date” if each of the Servicer and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate notify the
Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider in writing, not later than five Business Days preceding such date, that they desire that the Trust not terminate on such date, which notice (such notice, a “Trust Extension”) shall specify
the date on which the Trust shall terminate (such date, the “Extended Trust Termination Date”); provided, however, that the Extended Trust Termination Date shall be not later than March 31, 2031. The Servicer and the
Holder of the Transferor Certificate may, on any date following the Trust Extension, so long as no Series of Certificates is outstanding, deliver a notice in writing to the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider changing the Extended Trust
Termination Date. 
 (b) All principal or interest with respect to any Series of Investor Certificates shall be due and
payable no later than the Series Termination Date with respect to such Series. Unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, in the event that the Investor Interest of any Series of Certificates is greater than zero on its Series Termination Date
(after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such date and the payment of principal to be made on such Series on such date), the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, and pay the proceeds first, to
all Certificateholders of such Series pro rata and in accordance with the priority for each Class within such Series as provided in the related Supplement, in final payment of all principal of and accrued interest on such Series of Certificates, and
second, as provided in the related Supplement, an amount of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) up to 110% of the sum of the Investor Interest of such Series plus the Enhancement Invested
Amount or the Collateral Interest (if not included in the Investor Interest) of such Series, if any, at the close of business on such date (but not more than the applicable Investor Percentage of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge
Receivables on such date for such 

  
 102 

 
Series). The Trustee shall notify each Credit Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of such Receivables and shall provide each Credit Enhancement Provider an opportunity to bid on such
Receivables. Any proceeds of such sale in excess of such principal and interest paid and such other amounts paid pursuant to the related Supplement shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate. Upon such Series Termination Date with
respect to the applicable Series of Certificates, final payment of all amounts allocable to any Investor Certificates of such Series shall be made in the manner provided in Section 12.03. 

Section 12.02 Optional Purchase. 

(a) If so provided in any Supplement, the Servicer may, but shall not be obligated to, cause a final distribution to be made in
respect of the related Series of Certificates on a Distribution Date specified in such Supplement by depositing into the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account, not later than the Transfer Date preceding such Distribution Date, for
application in accordance with Section 12.03, the amount specified in such Supplement; provided, however that if the short-term deposits or long-term
unsecured debt obligations of the Servicer (or, if neither such deposits nor such obligations of the Servicer are rated by Moody’s, then the short-term deposits or
long-term unsecured debt obligations of the holding company of the Servicer so long as such holding company is Cabela’s Incorporated) are not rated at the time of such purchase of Certificates at least P-3 or Baa3, respectively, by Moody’s, no such event shall occur unless the Servicer shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such deposit into the Distribution Account or
any Series Account as provided in the related Supplement would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance of the Servicer. 
 (b)
The amount deposited pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of the related Series pursuant to Section 12.03 on the related Distribution Date following the date of such deposit. All Certificates of a
Series which are purchased by the Transferor pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall be delivered by the Transferor upon such purchase to, and be canceled by, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s
customary procedures. The Investor Interest of each Series which is purchased by the Transferor pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall, for the purposes of the definition of “Transferor Interest,” be deemed to be equal to zero on the
Distribution Date following the making of the deposit, and the Transferor Interest shall thereupon be deemed to have been increased by the Investor Interest of such Series. 

Section 12.03 Final Payment with Respect to any Series. 

(a) Written notice of any termination, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Investor Certificateholders of any
Series may surrender their Certificates for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Series and cancellation, shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days’ prior notice from the Servicer to the

  
 103 

 
Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders of such Series mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of such final distribution (or in the manner provided by the Supplement
relating to such Series) specifying (i) the Distribution Date (which shall be the Distribution Date in the month (x) in which the deposit is made pursuant to Section 9.02 or subsection 2.04(e), 10.02(a), or subsection 12.02(a) of this
Agreement or such other section as may be specified in the related Supplement, or (y) in which the related Series Termination Date occurs) upon which final payment of such Investor Certificates will be made upon presentation and surrender of
such Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein designated (which, in the case of Bearer Certificates, shall be outside the United States), (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified. The Servicer’s notice to the Trustee in accordance with
the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the information specified in Article V of this Agreement covering the period during the then current calendar year through the date of such notice and setting
forth the date of such final distribution. The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to such Investor Certificateholders. 

(b) Notwithstanding the termination of the Trust pursuant to subsection 12.01(a) or the occurrence of the Series
Termination Date with respect to any Series, all funds then on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Distribution Account or any Series Account applicable to the related Series shall continue to be held in trust for the
benefit of the Certificateholders of the related Series and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the Certificateholders of the related Series upon surrender of their Certificates (which surrenders and payments, in the case of
Bearer Certificates, shall be made only outside the United States). In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series shall not surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the
above-mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice (or, in the case of Bearer Certificates, publication notice) to the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series upon receipt of the appropriate records from the
Transfer Agent and Registrar to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one and one-half years after the second notice with respect to a Series, all the Investor Certificates
of such Series shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series concerning surrender of
their Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Distribution Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Transferor upon
request any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest which remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Transferor, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the money must look to the Transferor for payment as general
creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and the Trustee shall have no additional obligation, responsibility or liability with respect to such monies. 

  
 104 

 (c) All Certificates surrendered for payment of the final distribution with
respect to such Certificates and cancellation shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s customary procedures. 

Section 12.04 Termination Rights of Holder of Transferor Certificate. Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 12.01, and after payment of all amounts due hereunder on or prior to such termination and the surrender of the Transferor Certificate, the Trustee shall execute a written reconveyance substantially in the form of Exhibit H pursuant to
which it shall reconvey to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all moneys due or to
become due with respect to such Receivables (including all accrued interest theretofore posted as Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and Interchange (if any) allocable
to the Trust pursuant to any Supplement, except for amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.03(b). The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, representation or
warranty as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of the Transferor Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest which the Trust had in the Receivables. 

Section 12.05 Defeasance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Supplement: 

(a) The Transferor may at its option be discharged from its obligations with respect to all of the Investor Certificates issued
by the Trust or any specified Series thereof on the date the applicable conditions set forth in Section 12.05(c) are satisfied (“Defeasance”) if Defeasance is available to such Series in accordance with its related Supplement;
provided, however, that the following rights, obligations, powers, duties and immunities shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of Investor Certificates of the Trust or any
specified Series thereof to receive, solely from the trust fund provided for in Section 12.05(c), payments in respect of principal of and interest on such Investor Certificates when such payments are due; (B) the Transferor’s
obligations with respect to such Series of Certificates under Sections 6.03, 6.04 and 12.03; (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent and Registrar hereunder; and
(D) this Section 12.05. 
 (b) Subject to Section 12.05(c), the Transferor at its option may use Collections
of Principal Receivables allocated to the Investor Certificates of the Series to be subject to Defeasance to purchase Permitted Investments rather than additional Receivables for transfer to the Trust until such time as no Receivables remain in the
Trust. 
 (c) The following shall be the conditions to Defeasance under Section 12.05(a): (1) the Trustee shall
hold in Trust under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee (A) Dollars in an amount, or 

  
 105 

 
(B) Permitted Investments which through the scheduled payment or principal and interest in respect thereof will provide, not later than the due date of payment thereon, money in an amount, or
(C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient to pay and discharge, and, which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, all remaining scheduled interest and principal payments on all outstanding Investor Certificates of the
Trust or any specified Series thereof on the dates scheduled for such payments in this Agreement and the applicable Supplements and all amounts owed to the Credit Enhancement Provider for any Series if so provided in the related Supplements or
agreements with such Credit Enhancement Provider; (2) the source of the funds held in trust by the Trustee shall be Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to the Investor Certificates of the Series to be subject to such Defeasance or a
deposit of money and/or investments not made directly or indirectly by or from funds of the Transferor or any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the Transferor and the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate verifying
the information in this provision (2), (3) prior to its first exercise of its right to substitute money or Permitted Investments for Receivables, the Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
deposit and termination of obligations will not result in the Trust being required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act and (y) an Opinion of Counsel with respect to such deposit and
termination to the effect that it will not cause the Trust or any portion thereof to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; (3) such deposit and termination of obligations will not result in a Pay
Out Event for any Series; and (4) each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such Defeasance will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class
to which it is a Rating Agency. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 13.01 Amendment. 

(a) Except as provided in the last sentence of this subsection 13.01(a), this Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in
writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions herein or therein which may be inconsistent with any
other provisions herein or therein, or to add any other provisions administrative in nature with respect to matters or questions raised under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, that
such action shall not, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Transferor addressed and delivered to the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholder or any Credit Enhancement
Provider; provided further, that such amendment shall not defeat sale accounting treatment under Statement of Financial Standards No. 140; and provided, further, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any 

  
 106 

 
outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency. This Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in writing by the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, without the consent of any
of the Certificateholders to provide for additional Credit Enhancement or substitute Credit Enhancement with respect to a Series (so long as the amount of such substitute Credit Enhancement, unless otherwise provided in any related Supplement, is
equal to the original Credit Enhancement for such Series), to change the definition of Eligible Account; provided, that such action shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate,
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider; provided further, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in
writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency. Any amendment which would materially change the permitted activities of the Trust set forth in
Section 2.01 of this Agreement and which amendment would, but for this sentence, be permitted to be made under this subsection 13.01(a) without the consent of the Certificateholders shall be permitted only with the consent of the Holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating at least a majority of the combined Investor Interest for all Series then issued and outstanding. 

(b) This Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor and the
Trustee with the consent of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66-2/3% of the Investor Interest of each outstanding Series adversely affected by such
amendment for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement or modifying in any manner the rights of Investor Certificateholders of any Series then issued
and outstanding; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on any Investor Certificates of such Series without the
consent of each Investor Certificateholder of such Series, (ii) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the Investor Interest, the Investor Percentage or the Investor Default Amount of such Series without the consent of each
Investor Certificateholder of such Series, (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of all Series adversely affected or (iv) amend this
Section 13.01(b) in any other manner. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Trustee’s rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.01 to the contrary, the Series Supplement with respect to any Series may
be amended on the terms and in accordance with the procedures provided in such Series Supplement. 
 (d) Promptly after the
execution of any such amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to paragraph (a) or (h)), the Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder of each Series adversely affected and to
each Rating Agency providing a rating for such Series. 

  
 107 

 (e) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders
under this Section 13.01 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the
execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe. 

(f) Any Series Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.09 and any amendments regarding the addition to or
removal of Receivables from the Trust as provided in Sections 2.06 and 2.07, executed in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall not be considered amendments to this Agreement for the purpose of subsections 13.01(a), (b) or (h). 

(g) In connection with any amendment, the Trustee may request an Opinion of Counsel from the Transferor or Servicer to the
effect that the amendment complies with all requirements of this Agreement. 
 (h) This Agreement and any Supplement executed
in accordance with the provisions of section 6.09 will be amended by the Servicer and the Trustee at the direction of the Transferor without the consent of any of the Certificateholders or Credit Enhancement Providers (i) to add, modify or
eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause the Trust to be treated as, an entity which for U.S. federal income tax purposes
will be disregarded or a partnership under the provisions of U.S. Treasury Regulations sections 301.7701-1, 301.7701-2 and
301.7701-3, and (ii) in connection with any such election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions of this Agreement and any Supplement relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the
Certificates and the Trust in the absence of the election. Any amendment under this subsection is subject only to the requirements that (i) the Transferor delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the proposed
amendments meet the requirements set forth in this subsection, (ii) each Rating Agency will have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of
any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency and (iii) such amendment does not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The amendments which the Transferor may make without the consent of
Certificateholders or Credit Enhancement Providers in connection with any election described in this subsection may include, without limitation, the elimination of any sale of Receivables and termination of the Trust upon the occurrence of an
Insolvency Event pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof. 
 Section 13.02 Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust. 

(a) The Servicer shall cause this Agreement, all amendments hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements
and any other necessary documents covering the Certificateholders and the Trustee’s right, title and interest to the Trust to be 

  
 108 

 
promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect
the right, title and interest of the Certificateholders or the Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder to all property comprising the Trust. The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or
filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. The Transferor shall cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set
forth above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this subsection 13.02(a). 

(b) Within 30 days after the Transferor makes any change in its name, identity or corporate structure which would make any
financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable
jurisdiction, the Transferor shall give the Trustee, each Credit Enhancement Provider and the Servicer notice of any such change and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the
Trust’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. 
 (c) Each of the Transferor and the Servicer
will give the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider prompt written notice of any relocation of any office from which it services Receivables or keeps records concerning the Receivables or of its jurisdiction of organization and whether, as a
result of such change, the applicable provisions of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and the
Servicer shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. Each of the Transferor and the Servicer will at all times
maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal executive office and its jurisdiction of incorporation within the United States of America. 

(d) The Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and with respect to clause (i) to Standard & Poor’s and
Moody’s (i) upon each date that any Additional Accounts are to be included in the Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06, an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit E; and (ii) on or before March 31 of each year,
beginning with March 31, 2002, an Opinion of Counsel, substantially in the form of Exhibit F. 
 Section 13.03 Limitation on
Rights of Certificateholders. 
 (a) The death or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this
Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Certificateholder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the
Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them. 

  
 109 

 (b) No Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except with respect to the
Investor Certificateholders as provided in Section 13.01 hereof) or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the
terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Certificateholders from time to time as partners or members of an association; nor shall any Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken
by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof. 
 (c) No Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue
of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such Certificateholder previously shall have given written notice to the Trustee, and unless
the Holders of Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series which may be adversely affected but for the institution of such suit, action or proceeding, shall have made written request
upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein
or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly
covenanted by each Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and the Trustee, that no one or more Certificateholders shall have the right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this
Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the Certificateholders of any other of the Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Certificateholder, or to enforce any right under this
Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Certificateholders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 13.03, each and every Certificateholder and the
Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 
 Section 13.04 Governing Law.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS WHICH WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 
 Section 13.05 Notices. All demands,
notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, sent by facsimile to, sent by courier at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, to (a) in the case
of the Transferor, to WFB Funding, LLC, One Cabela 

  
 110 

 
Drive, Sidney, Nebraska 69160, Attention: Kevin Werts; (b) in the case of the Servicer, to World’s Foremost Bank, 4800 N.W. 1st
Street, Lincoln, Nebraska 68521, Attention: Kevin Werts, (c) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate Trust Office (d) in the case of the Credit Enhancement Provider for a particular Series, the address, if any, specified in the
Supplement relating to such Series and (e) in the case of the Rating Agency for a particular Series, the address, if any, specified in the Supplement relating to such Series; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by
such party in a written notice to each other party. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the related Supplement, any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder shall be given by first class mail, postage
prepaid, at the address of such Certificateholder as shown in the Certificate Register, or with respect to any notice required or permitted to be made to the Holders of Bearer Certificates, by publication in the manner provided in the related
Supplement. If and so long as any Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange shall so require, any notice to Investor Certificateholders shall be published in an authorized newspaper of general circulation in
Luxembourg within the time period prescribed in this Agreement. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice. 

Section 13.06 Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity
or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or rights of the Certificateholders thereof. 

Section 13.07 Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 8.02, this
Agreement may not be assigned by the Servicer without giving prior written notice to each Rating Agency and obtaining the prior consent of the Trustee and Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 66
2/3% of the Investor Interest of each Series on a Series by Series basis. 
 Section 13.08 Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully
Paid. It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided Interests represented by the Certificates shall be non-assessable for any
losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and that Certificates upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 6.02 are and shall be deemed fully paid. 

Section 13.09 Further Assurances. The Transferor and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and
to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements
relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction. 

  
 111 

 Section 13.10 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising, on the part of the Trustee, any Credit Enhancement Provider or the Investor Certificateholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any
rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. 
 Section 13.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

Section 13.12 Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders and, to the extent provided herein and in the related Supplement, to the Credit Enhancement Provider named therein, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise
provided in this Article XIII, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder. 
 Section 13.13 Actions by
Certificateholders. 
 (a) Wherever in this Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand
or instruction given by Investor Certificateholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given by any Investor Certificateholder, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of Investor Certificateholders. 

(b) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such
Certificateholder and every subsequent holder of such Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee or the Servicer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate. 
 Section 13.14 Rule 144A Information.
For so long as any of the Investor Certificates of any Series or any Class are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee and the
Enhancement Provider for such Series agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Certificateholders of such Series or Class and to any prospective purchaser of Certificates designated by such an Investor Certificateholder upon the
request of such Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

  
 112 

 Section 13.15 Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein,
this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or
supplemented except as provided herein. 
 Section 13.16 Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and
shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof. 
 Section 13.17 No Bankruptcy Petition.
Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, each of the Servicer, each Credit Enhancement Provider, if any, each Holder and the Transferor (with respect to the Trust only), severally and not jointly, hereby covenants and agrees that it
will not at any time institute against, solicit or join or cooperate with or encourage any institution against the Trust or the Transferor of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar
proceeding under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. Nothing in this Section 13.17 shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, any of the foregoing Persons from taking (to the extent such action is otherwise permitted to be
taken by such Person hereunder) or omitting to take any action in (a) any case or proceeding with respect to the Trust or the Transferor voluntarily filed or commenced by or on behalf of the Trust or the Transferor, respectively, under or
pursuant to any such law or (b) any involuntary case or proceeding pertaining to the Trust or the Transferor, as applicable, under or pursuant to any such law. 

ARTICLE XIV 
 COMPLIANCE
WITH REGULATION AB 
 Section 14.01. Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness. The Transferor, the Servicer, and the Trustee
acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this Article XIV is to facilitate compliance by the Transferor with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Transferor shall not exercise its right to request
delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than the Transferor’s compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act). The Trustee and the Transferor acknowledge that interpretations of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to
interpretative guidance of the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and the Trustee agrees to comply with requests made by the Transferor in good faith for
delivery of information under these provisions on the basis of such evolving interpretations of Regulation AB. The Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the Transferor for information regarding the Trustee which is
required in order to enable the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Items 1103(a)(1), 

  
 113 

 
1109(a), 1109(b), 1117, 1118, 1119 and 1122 of Regulation AB as it relates to the Trustee or to the Trustee’s obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement. The Servicer agrees to
cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the Transferor for information regarding the Servicer which is required in order to enable the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB as it relates to the Servicer or the
Servicer’s obligations under this Agreement, any Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. 
 Section 14.02.
Additional Representations and Warranties of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Transferor, as of the date on which information is provided to the Transferor under Section 14.03 that, except as
disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior to such date, to the best of its knowledge, but without independent investigation: (i) neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Trustee of this Agreement or any Supplement, the
performance by the Trustee of its obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of any indenture, mortgage, bank credit agreement, note or bond
purchase agreement, long-term lease, license or other agreement or instrument to which the Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, which violation would have a material adverse effect on the Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or any Supplement, or of any judgment or order applicable to the Trustee; and (ii) there are no proceedings pending or threatened against the Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration
board or tribunal which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the right, power and authority of the Trustee to enter into this Agreement or any Supplement or to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any
Supplement. 
 Section 14.03 Information to Be Provided by the Trustee. The Trustee shall (i) on or before the fifth
Business Day of each month, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such information regarding the Trustee as is requested for the purpose of compliance with Item 1117 of Regulation AB, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice
to or discovery by the Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information. 
 The
Trustee shall (i) on or before the fifth Business Day of each January, April, July and October, provide to the Transferor such information regarding the Trustee as is requested for the purpose of compliance with Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a),
1109(b), 1118 and 1119 of Regulation AB, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information. Such information
shall include, at a minimum: 
 (a) the Trustee’s name and form of organization; 

(b) a description of the extent to which the Trustee has had prior experience serving as a Trustee for asset-backed securities
transactions involving credit card receivables; 

  
 114 

 (c) a description of any affiliation between the Trustee and any of the following
parties to a Securitization Transaction, as such parties are identified to the Trustee by the Transferor in writing in advance of such Securitization Transaction: 

(i) the sponsor; 

(ii) any depositor; 

(iii) the issuing entity; 

(iv) any servicer; 

(v) any trustee; 

(vi) any originator; 

(vii) any significant obligor; 

(viii) any enhancement or support provider; and 

(ix) any other material transaction party. 

In connection with the above-listed parties, a description of whether there is, and if so the general character of, any business relationship,
agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from the
asset-backed securities transaction, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor’s understanding of the asset-backed securities. 

Section 14.04. Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation. On or before March 15 of each calendar year, commencing
March 15, 2014, the Trustee shall: 
 (a) deliver to the Transferor a report regarding the Trustee’s assessment of
compliance with the Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required by Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such report shall be addressed to the Transferor and signed by an
authorized officer of the Trustee, and shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified in Exhibit I or such criteria as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Trustee; 

(b) deliver to the Transferor a report of a registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Transferor that
attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Trustee and delivered pursuant to the preceding paragraph. Such attestation shall be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act; and 

  
 115 

 (c) deliver to the Transferor and any other Person that will be responsible for
signing the certification (a “Sarbanes Certification”) required by Rules 13a-14(d) and 15d-14(d) under the Exchange Act (pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) on behalf of the Trust, Cabela’s Credit Card
Master Note Trust or the Transferor with respect to a Securitization Transaction a certification substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J or such form as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Trustee. 

The Trustee acknowledges that the parties identified in clause (c) above may rely on the certification provided by the Trustee pursuant
to such clause in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission. 
 Section 14.05. Additional Representations
and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be deemed to represent to the Transferor, as of the date on which information is provided to the Transferor under Section 14.06 that, except as disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior
to such date: (i) the Servicer is not aware and has not received notice that any default, early amortization or other performance triggering event has occurred as to any other securitization due to any act or failure to act of the Servicer;
(ii) the Servicer has not been terminated as servicer in a securitization involving credit card receivables, either due to a servicing default or to application of a servicing performance test or trigger; (iii) no material noncompliance
with the applicable servicing criteria with respect to other securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicer as servicer has been disclosed or reported by the Servicer; (iv) no material changes to the Servicer’s policies
or procedures with respect to the servicing function it will perform under this Agreement, any Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement have occurred during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization
Transaction; (v) there are no aspects of the Servicer’s financial condition that could have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Servicer of its servicing obligations under this Agreement, any Supplement, Indenture or any
Indenture Supplement; and (vi) there are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending (or known to be contemplated) against the Servicer, any Subservicer or any unaffiliated third-party originator of Receivables. 

Section 14.06. Information to Be Provided by the Servicer. On or before March 31 of each calendar year, beginning
March 31, 2014, the Servicer shall deliver to the Transferor and any other Person that will be responsible for signing, the Sarbanes Certification on behalf of the Trust, Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust or the Transferor, with
respect to a Securitization Transaction, a certification substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J or such form as mutually agreed upon by the Transferor and the Servicer. In addition, in connection with any Securitization
Transaction, the Servicer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days following request by the Transferor, provide to the Transferor, in writing, the information specified in this Section, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following
notice to or discovery by the Servicer of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in writing, such updated information. 

  
 116 

 (a) If so requested by the Transferor, the Servicer shall provide to the
Transferor such information regarding the Servicer and each Subservicer (each of the Servicer and the Subservicer, for purposes of this paragraph, a “Servicing Party”), as is requested for the purpose of compliance with Item 1108 of
Regulation AB. Such information shall include, at a minimum: 
 (i) the Servicing Party’s name and form of organization;

 (ii) a description of how long the Servicing Party has been servicing credit card receivables; a general discussion of the
Servicing Party’s experience in servicing assets of any type as well as a more detailed discussion of the Servicing Party’s experience in, and procedures for, the servicing function it will perform under this Agreement, any Supplement, the
Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; information regarding the size, composition and growth of the Servicing Party’s portfolio of credit card accounts of a type similar to the Accounts and information on factors related to the Servicing Party
that may be material, in the good faith judgment of the Transferor, to any analysis of the servicing of the Receivables or the related asset-backed securities, as applicable, including, without limitation: 

(A) whether any prior securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party defaulted or experienced an
early amortization or other performance triggering event because of servicing during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction; 

(B) the extent of outsourcing the Servicing Party utilizes; 

(C) whether there has been pervious disclosure of material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria with respect
to other securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party as a servicer during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction; 

(D) whether the Servicing Party has been terminated as servicer in a securitization of credit card receivables, either due to
a servicing default or to application of a servicing performance test or trigger; and 
 (E) such other information as the
Transferor may reasonably request for the purpose of compliance with Item 1108(b)(2) of Regulation AB; 
 (iii) a
description of any material changes during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction to the Servicing Party’s policies or procedures with respect to the servicing function it will perform under this
Agreement, any Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; 

  
 117 

 (iv) information regarding the Servicing Party’s financial condition, to the
extent that there is a material risk that an adverse financial event or circumstance involving the Servicing Party could have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Servicing Party of its servicing obligations under this Agreement, any
Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; 
 (v) a description of the Servicing Party’s processes and
procedures designed to address any special or unique factors involved in servicing; 
 (vi) description of the Servicing
Party’s processes for handling delinquencies, losses, bankruptcies and recoveries, such as sale of defaulted receivables; and 

(vii) information as to how the Servicing Party defines or determines delinquencies and charge-offs, including the effect of
any grace period, re-aging, restructuring, partial payments considered current or other practices with respect to delinquency and loss experience. 

(b) In addition to such information as the Servicer is obligated to provide pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, any
Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, if so requested by the Transferor, the Servicer shall provide to the Transferor such information regarding the performance or servicing of the Receivables as is reasonably required to facilitate
preparation of distribution reports in accordance with Item 1121 of Regulation AB. Such information shall be provided concurrently with the distribution reports otherwise required to be delivered monthly by the Servicer under this Agreement,
any Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, commencing with the first such report due not less than ten (10) Business Days following such request. 

Section 14.07. Use of Subservicers and Servicing Participants. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to hire or otherwise
utilize the services of Subservicers that agree to comply with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to hire or otherwise utilize the services of Servicing Participants, and shall use its best
efforts to ensure that Subservicers hire or otherwise utilize only the services of Servicing Participants, to fulfill any of the obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Agreement, any Supplement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement,
if those Servicing Participants agree to comply with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section. 
 (a) Except as
may otherwise be required pursuant to Section 8.07, it shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent of the Transferor to the utilization of any Subservicer. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause any Subservicer used by
the Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the Transferor to comply with the provisions of this Section and with Sections 3.05(a) and (b), 3.06(a), 14.05 and 14.06 of this Agreement to the same extent as if such Subservicer were the
Servicer; provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply to Section 3.05(a) for Subservicers that only meet the criteria in Section 1108(a)(2)(iv) of Regulation AB and do not meet the criteria

  
 118 

 
in Section 1108(a)(2)(i) through (iii) of Regulation AB. The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Transferor any servicer compliance
statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 3.05(a), any assessment of compliance required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 3.05(b), any attestation report required to be delivered by such
Subservicer under Section 3.06(a), and any certification required to be delivered to the Person that will sign the Sarbanes Certification under Section 14.06, in each case as and when required to be delivered as determined by the
Transferor. 
 (b) Except as may otherwise be required pursuant to Section 8.07, it shall not be necessary for the
Servicer to seek the consent of the Transferor to the utilization of any Servicing Participant. The Servicer shall promptly upon request provide to the Transferor a written description (in form and substance satisfactory to the Transferor) of the
role and function of each Servicing Participant utilized by the Servicer or any Subservicer, specifying (i) the identity of each Servicing Participant and (ii) which elements of the Servicing Criteria will be addressed in assessments of
compliance provided by each Servicing Participant. 
 As a condition to the utilization of any Servicing Participant, the Servicer shall use
its best efforts to cause any such Servicing Participant used by the Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Sections 3.05(b) and 3.06(a) of this Agreement to the same extent as if such
Servicing Participant were the Servicer. The Servicer will be responsible for obtaining from each Servicing Participant and delivering to the Transferor any assessment of compliance required to be delivered by such Servicing Participant pursuant to
Section 3.05(b) and attestation report required to be delivered by such Servicing Participant under Section 3.06(a), in each case as and when required to be delivered. 

ARTICLE XV 
 ASSET
REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW TRIGGERS 
 Section 15.01 Delinquency Trigger. 

(a) The Servicer or the Transferor shall, on behalf of the Trust, provide written notice to the Trustee and disclose the
occurrence of any Delinquency Trigger in the distribution report on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which such Delinquency Trigger occurs. 

(b) The Transferor shall review and may adjust the Delinquency Trigger Rate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) the filing of a new registration statement with the Commission relating to any Notes (as defined in the Series 2004-1 Supplement hereto) or Investor Certificates to be offered and sold from time to
time by the Transferor; and (ii) a change in law or regulation (including any new or revised interpretation of an existing law or regulation) that, in the Transferor’s judgment, could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the
delinquency rate for Obligor 

  
 119 

 
payments on the Accounts or the manner by which delinquencies are defined or determined; provided, however, that for so long as a Delinquency Trigger has occurred and is continuing,
a review of the Delinquency Trigger Rate that would otherwise be required as specified above will be delayed until the date on which the Servicer or the Transferor shall, on behalf of the Trust, report in the applicable distribution report on Form 10-D that the Delinquency Trigger is no longer continuing. 
 (c) In the case of a review
of the Delinquency Trigger Rate undertaken upon the occurrence of an event described in clause (i) of subsection 15.01(b), the Transferor may increase or decrease the Delinquency Trigger Rate by any amount it reasonably determines to be
appropriate based on the composition of the Receivables at the time of the review. For the avoidance of doubt and with respect to clause (i) of subsection 15.01(b), the Delinquency Trigger Rate may be reviewed and adjusted upon the filing
of a new shelf registration statement and not upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to a prior shelf filing. In the case of a review undertaken upon the occurrence of any event described in
clause (ii) of subsection 15.01(b), the Transferor may increase or decrease the Delinquency Trigger Rate by any amount it reasonably determines to be appropriate as a result of the related change in law or regulation. The Servicer or the
Transferor shall, on behalf of the Trust, disclose the Delinquency Trigger Rate, as adjusted, in the distribution report on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which the adjustment occurs, which
report shall also include a description of how the adjusted Delinquency Trigger Rate was determined to be appropriate. 
 Section 15.02
Investor Action to Initiate An Asset Representations Review. 
 (a) Within 90 days following the date on which the
Servicer or the Transferor, on behalf of the Trust, discloses the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger pursuant to subsection 15.01(a), Holders of Investor Certificates holding at least 5% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
outstanding Investor Certificates as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the filing of the distribution report on Form 10-D in which such Delinquency Trigger is disclosed may submit a written petition to the Transferor and
the Trustee directing that a vote be taken on whether to initiate an Asset Representations Review. Subject to Section 15.02(c), for so long as a Delinquency Trigger has occurred and is continuing, a new
90-day petition period shall commence each month, beginning on the date on which the Servicer or the Transferor, on behalf of the Trust, discloses in the related distribution report on form 10-D that the Delinquency Trigger is continuing. 
 (b) If Holders of Investor
Certificates submit a written petition directing that a vote be taken in accordance with subsection 15.02(a), then the Trustee shall initiate and undertake a solicitation of votes of Holders of Investor Certificates to initiate a review. Such
solicitation of vote shall be completed within 150 calendar days of the filing of the related distribution report on Form 10-D disclosing that the Delinquency Trigger has occurred. If (x) an Asset
Review Quorum participates in such vote and (y) Holders of Investor Certificates holding more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of 

  
 120 

 
all outstanding Investor Certificates casting a vote direct that a review be undertaken, then the Trustee shall promptly provide written notice to the Transferor, the Servicer, WFB and Holders of
Investor Certificates in the same manner as described above. Upon receipt of such notice form the Trustee, the Servicer will promptly provide written notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer and an Asset Representations Review will commence in
accordance with the terms set forth in the Asset Representations Review Agreement. In addition, the Servicer or the Transferor shall include, in the Trust’s distribution report on Form 10-D relating
to the Monthly Period in which the requisite percentage of Holders of Investor Certificates voted to direct an Asset Representations Review, a description of the events which occurred during such Monthly Period that triggered the Asset
Representations Review. 
 (c) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article XV to the contrary, and subject to the
additional requirements and conditions set forth in this Article XV, for so long as a petition to direct that a vote be taken, a vote itself, or an Asset Representations Review is underway in accordance with subsection 15.02(a),
subsection 15.02(b) or the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, respectively, Holders of Investor Certificates may not initiate another petition, vote or Asset Representations Review unless and until such prior petition, vote or
Asset Representations Review is completed. For purposes of this subsection 15.02(c): 
 (i) a petition will be
considered completed only (A) if the petition does not result in a vote, (B) if a vote occurs, such vote does not result in an Asset Representations Review or (C) if an Asset Representations Review occurs, at such time as the Servicer
or the Transferor, on behalf of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review in a distribution report on
Form 10-D in accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement; 

(ii) a vote will be considered completed only (A) if the vote does not result in an Asset Representations Review or
(B) if an Asset Representations Review occurs, at such time as the Servicer or the Transferor, on behalf of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset
Representations Review in a distribution report on Form 10-D in accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement; and 

(iii) an Asset Representations Review will be considered completed only at such time as the Servicer or the Transferor, on
behalf of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review in a distribution report on Form 10-D in
accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 

  
 121 

 (d) If at the completion of an Asset Representations Review undertaken in
accordance with the terms set forth in the Asset Representations Review Agreement, the Asset Representations Reviewer’s findings and conclusions indicate that any Receivables reviewed did not comply with the related representations and
warranties, the Transferor shall investigate any such findings of non-compliance contained in the report and make a determination regarding whether any such
non-compliance constitutes a breach of any contractual provision of this Agreement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement. If the Transferor determines that such a breach has occurred, it will provide notice of
such breach to the Servicer and the Trustee. 
 [signature page follows] 

  
 122 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	WFB FUNDING, LLC,
	 Transferor

		
	by:	 	WFB FUNDING CORPORATION, its managing member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kevin J. Werts

	Name:	 	Kevin J. Werts
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer
	
	WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, Servicer
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kevin J. Werts

	Name:	 	Kevin J. Werts
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solelyas Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Tamara Schultz-Fugh

	Name:	 	Tamara Schultz-Fugh
	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement] 

  
 123 

 EXHIBIT A 

TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	No. 1	  	One Unit

 CABELA’S MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST 

ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE 
 THIS
CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT), AND MAY BE SOLD ONLY PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE ACT. IN ADDITION, THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND THE INSURANCE AND REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. A COPY OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE BY THE TRUSTEE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST. 
 This Certificate represents an

 Undivided Interest in the 

Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust 

Evidencing an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of a portfolio of MasterCard and
VISA**/ credit card receivables generated or acquired by World’s Foremost Bank and transferred to WFB Funding, LLC and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement described below. 
 (Not an interest in or an obligation of 

World’s Foremost Bank or any Affiliate thereof.) 

This certifies that WFB Funding, LLC (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of an undivided interest in a trust (the
“Trust”), the corpus of which consists of a portfolio of receivables (the “Receivables”) now existing or hereafter created under selected MasterCard and VISA credit card accounts (the “Accounts”) of World’s
Foremost Bank, a Nebraska state banking corporation, and transferred to WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company (the “Transferor”), all monies due or to become due in payment of the Receivables (including all Finance Charge
Receivables), all proceeds of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to the Receivables, the other assets and interests constituting the Trust and the proceeds thereof pursuant to a Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement 
  
  

	**/ 	 MasterCard and VISA are federally registered servicemarks of MasterCard
International Inc. and of VISA U.S.A., Inc., respectively. 

  
 A-1 

 
dated as of June 14, 2016, as supplemented by any Supplement relating to a Series of Investor Certificates (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), by and among the Transferor, World’s Foremost Bank, as Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions
of which is set forth herein below. 
 To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to
them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to which Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as amended from time to time, the
Holder by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Holder is bound. 
 This Certificate has not been registered or qualified
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities law. No sale, transfer or other disposition of this Certificate shall be permitted other than in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03, 6.09 or 7.02 of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. 
 The Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise generally from the purchase of goods and services
and of amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances, and of Finance Charge Receivables which arise generally from Periodic Finance Charges and other fees and charges, as more fully specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

This Certificate is the Transferor Certificate (the “Certificate”), which represents an Undivided Interest in the Trust, including
the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate. The aggregate interest represented by this Certificate in
the Principal Receivables in the Trust shall not at any time exceed the Transferor Interest at such time. In addition to this Certificate, Series of Investor Certificates will be issued to investors pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
each of which will represent an Undivided Interest in the Trust. This Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Investor Accounts, any Series Accounts or any Credit Enhancement, except to the extent provided in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. The Transferor Interest on any date of determination will be an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination minus the Aggregate Investor
Interest at the end of such day. 
 The Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as promptly as possible after the
Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing (except as provided below and except as provided in any Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). Unless otherwise
stated in any Supplement, throughout the existence of the Trust, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder of the Certificate an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of such Collections
allocated to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Monthly Period. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this paragraph, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or any other amounts so allocated to
the Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement into the Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected to the Holder of the Certificate. 

  
 A-2 

 World’s Foremost Bank, as Servicer, is entitled to receive as servicing compensation a
monthly servicing fee. The portion of the servicing fee which will be allocable to the Holder of the Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be payable by the Holder of the Certificate and neither the Trust nor the Trustee
or the Investor Certificateholders will have any obligations to pay such portion of the servicing fee. 
 This Certificate does not
represent an obligation of, or any interest in, the Transferor or the Servicer, and neither the Certificates nor the Accounts or Receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This Certificate is limited in right of payment to certain Collections respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth hereinabove and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall assign and convey
to the Holder of the Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto
(including all accrued interest theretofore posted as Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and Interchange allocable to the Trust pursuant to any Supplement, except for amounts held by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 12.03(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and other amounts payable pursuant to any Supplement. The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse,
representation or warranty, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of the Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest which the Trustee had in the Receivables. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or be valid for any purpose. 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF World’s Foremost Bank has caused this Certificate to be duly executed
under its official seal. 
  

			
	WFB FUNDING, LLC, as Transferor
	by WFB Funding Corporation, its Managing
	Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

 June 14, 2016 

  
 A-4 

 Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is the Transferor Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

 

			
	U.S. Bank National Association
	not in its individual capacity but solely as
	Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  
 A-5 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 

ASSIGNMENT No.             OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, dated as of
            ,             by and between WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company, (the “Transferor”), to
U.S. Bank National Association a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”) pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Transferor and the Trustee are parties to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
June 14, 2016 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor wishes to designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts
and to convey the Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trustee (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); and 

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used
herein, unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Addition Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated
hereby,                 ,         . 

“Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby,
                ,         (which shall be a date on or prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to
additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the tenth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). 

2. Designation of Additional Accounts. The Transferor does hereby deliver herewith to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list
containing a true and complete list of each MasterCard and VISA account which as of the Addition Date is hereby designated to be an Additional Account (the “Additional Accounts”), such accounts being identified by account number and by the
amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of business on the Addition Date. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Assignment and, as of the Addition Date, shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Assignment. 

  
 B-1 

 3. Conveyance of Receivables. 

(a) The Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set-over, and otherwise convey to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interest may appear in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or in a related Supplement, without recourse, all of its right, title and interest,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts and existing at the close of business on the Addition Date and thereafter created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, all monies
due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables) all amounts received with respect thereto, all proceeds of such Receivables, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables, all Interchange, all
Recoveries and all proceeds of any of the foregoing. 
 (b) In connection with such transfer, the Transferor agrees to record
and file, at its own expense, financing statements with respect to the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Addition Date and thereafter created in the Additional Accounts designated hereby (which may be a single financing statement
with respect to each location for filing with respect to all such Receivables) meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the assignment of such Receivables to the Trustee, and
to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statements or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 3, consist of telephone confirmation of such filing) to the Trustee on or prior to the date of this
Assignment. 
 (c) In connection with such transfer, the Transferor further agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the
date of this Assignment to cause World’s Foremost Bank, as Servicer, to indicate in its computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts designated hereby have been transferred to the Trustee pursuant to this
Assignment for the benefit of the Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider. 
 (d) The Transferor hereby
grants to the Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under the Receivables at the close of business on the Addition Date
existing and thereafter created in the Additional Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect
thereto, all proceeds of such Receivables and all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing. This Assignment shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 

4. Acceptance by Trustee. The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders and any Credit Enhancement Provider (as each’s interests may appear in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or in a related Supplement) of all right, title and interest previously held by the Transferor in and to the property
now existing and hereafter created and conveyed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(a), and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders and each
Credit Enhancement Provider. 

  
 B-2 

 5. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby represents and
warrants to the Trust as of the Addition Date: 
 (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This Assignment constitutes
a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the rights of creditors of insured depository institutions and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether
considered in a suit at law or in equity). 
 (b) Eligibility of Accounts and Receivables. Each Additional Account
designated hereby is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (c)
Selection Procedures. No selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated hereby from the available
Eligible Accounts in the Bank Portfolio. 
 (d) Insolvency. The Transferor is not insolvent and, after giving effect
to the conveyance set forth in Section 3 of this Assignment, will not be insolvent. 
 (e) Security Interest.
This Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid transfer and assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables created in the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect
to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of
any of the foregoing and all of such property will be held by the Trustee free and clear of any Lien except for (i) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (ii) the interest of the Transferor as
Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (iii) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account, as provided in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any related Supplement or (y) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), in such property to the Trustee, which is enforceable with respect to then
existing Receivables of the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such
Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing upon the conveyance of such Receivables to the Trust, and which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created in 

  
 B-3 

 
respect of Additional Accounts conveyed hereby, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing upon such creation; and (z) if the Assignment
constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trustee in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements as described in Section 2.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to such Additional Accounts, all monies
due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing, upon such
creation, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (f) Required Rating Agency Representations. To the extent this Assignment
constitutes a grant of a security interest, with respect to existing Receivables in the Additional Accounts: 
 (i) This
Assignment creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in such Receivables and proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto in favor of the Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens (except
Liens permitted under Subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Transferor; 

(ii) Such Receivables constitute “accounts” within the meaning of the UCC; 

(iii) Transferor owns and has good and marketable title to such Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of
any Person (except Liens permitted under Subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); 
 (iv) Transferor has
caused or will have caused, within ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdiction under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in such Receivables granted to
the Trustee hereunder; 
 (v) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Assignment, Transferor
has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of such Receivables and has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against Transferor that include a description of
collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing statement (i) relating to the security interest granted the Trustee hereunder or (ii) that has been terminated and Transferor is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings
against Transferor; 

  
 B-4 

 (vi) The representations made in clauses (i) through (v) above will be
true with respect to Receivables hereafter created in respect of Additional Accounts designated hereby upon such creation; and 

(vii) Transferor confirms and agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery
of this Assignment and that any breach thereof may not be waived without prior written confirmation from each Rating Agency that none of its ratings on outstanding Investor Certificates or related commercial paper shall be adversely affected by such
waiver. 
 6. Conditions Precedent. The acceptance by the Trustee set forth in Section 4 and the amendment of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement set forth in Section 7 are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Addition Date, of the following conditions precedent: 

(a) Officer’s Certificate. The Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider
a certificate of the President, Treasurer or Chief Operating Officer substantially in the form of Schedule 2 hereto, certifying that (i) all requirements set forth in Section 2.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating
Additional Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of such Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied and (ii) each of the representations and warranties made by the Transferor in Section 5 is true
and correct as of the Addition Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein, and shall incur no liability in so relying. 

(b) Opinion of Counsel. The Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider an
Opinion of Counsel with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

7. Amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all
references therein to the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as
supplemented by this Assignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in
full force and effect in accordance with its terms and, except as expressly provided herein, shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or provisions of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. 
 8. Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on
separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

  
 B-5 

 9. Governing Law. This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without regard to conflict of law provisions which would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction). 

  
 B-6 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Receivables in Additional
Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	WFB FUNDING, LLC,
	By:	 	WFB Funding Corporation,
		 	Its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-7 

 Schedule 1 

to Assignment of 
 Receivables in 

Additional Accounts 

ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 

  
 B-8 

 Schedule 2 

to Assignment of 
 Receivables in 

Additional Accounts 

World’s Foremost Bank 

Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust 

Officer’s Certificate 

                    , a duly authorized
officer of WFB Funding Corporation, a Nebraska corporation and the Managing Member of WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company (the “Transferor”), hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of the Transferor that to the best
of his knowledge the following statements are true on                     ,         , (the “Addition
Date”), and acknowledges on behalf of the Transferor that this Officer’s Certificate will be relied upon by U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust in connection
with the Trustee entering into Assignment No.                     of Receivables in Additional Accounts, dated as of the Addition Date (the
“Assignment”), by and between the Transferor and the Trustee, in connection with the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, as heretofore supplemented and amended (the “Pooling and
Servicing Agreement”) pursuant to which the Transferor, as Transferor, World’s Foremost Bank, as Servicer, and the Trustee are parties. The undersigned hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of the Transferor that: 

(a) Assignment; Computer Files. On or prior to the Addition Date, the Transferor has delivered to the Trustee the Assignment (including
an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders) and the Transferor has caused the Servicer to indicate in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional
Accounts have been transferred to the Trustee and on or prior to the Addition Date the Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all Additional Accounts identified by account
number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Additional Accounts as of the Addition Date, which computer file or microfiche list shall be as of the date of such Assignment, incorporated into and made a part of such Assignment as
Schedule 1 thereto and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 (b) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. The Assignment constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). 

  
 B-9 

 (c) Eligibility of Accounts. Each Additional Account designated pursuant to the Assignment
is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable. 
 (d) Selection Procedures. No
selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated hereby from the available Eligible Accounts in the Bank
Portfolio. 
 (e) Insolvency. The Transferor is not insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth in Section 3
of the Assignment, will not be insolvent. 
 (f) Security Interest. The Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid transfer and
assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables created in the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables),
all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing and all of such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien except for (i) Liens permitted
under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (ii) the interest of the Transferor as Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (iii) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in
respect of, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or any Series Account, as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any related Supplement or (y) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the
applicable jurisdiction), in such property to the Trustee, which is enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables of the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge
Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing upon the conveyance of such
Receivables to the Trustee, and which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created in respect of Additional Accounts designated pursuant to the Assignment, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all
proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing upon such creation; and (z) if the Assignment constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trustee in such property, upon the filing of
the financing statements as described in Section 2.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to such Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables),
all amounts received with respect thereto, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing, upon such creation, the Trust shall have a
first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315(c) of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 B-10 

 (g) Requirements of Pooling and Servicing Agreement. All requirements set forth in
Section 2.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Additional Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of such Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied. 

Initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 B-11 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this
        day of                     ,         . 

 

			
	WFB FUNDING, LLC
	By:	 	WFB Funding Corporation,
		 	Its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-12 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 

World’s Foremost Bank 
  

 
 CABELA’S
MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST 
  
  

 

			
	 1. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; provided, that the “preceding Monthly Period” shall mean the Monthly Period immediately preceding the calendar month in which this Certificate is delivered. This Certificate is delivered pursuant to subsection 3.04(b)
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. References herein to certain sections and subsections are references to the respective sections and subsections of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

	
	 2. World’s Foremost Bank is Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

	
	 3. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer.

	
	 4. The date of this Certificate is a Determination Date under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

		
	 5. The aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Monthly Period was equal to (excluding Annual
Membership Fees and Interchange)
	  	$                    
		
	 6. The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Receivables processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period was
equal to
	  	$                    
		
	 7. The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer during the
preceding Monthly Period was equal to (excluding Annual Membership Fees and Interchange)
	  	$                    
		
	 8. The aggregate amount of Receivables processed by the Servicer as of the end of the last day of the preceding Monthly
Period
	  	$                    

  
 C-1 

			
	 9. Of the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge Account, the amount attributable to the Aggregate Investor
Percentage of Collections processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period
	  	$                    
		
	 10. Of the balance on deposit in the Principal Account, the amount attributable to the Aggregate Investor Percentage of
Collections processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period
	  	$                    
		
	 11. The aggregate amount, if any, of withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Credit Enhancement, if any, required
to be made with respect to any Series outstanding for the preceding Monthly Period
	  	$                    
		
	 12. The Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Principal Receivables processed by the Servicer during the
current month is equal to
	  	$                    
		
	 13. The amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Percentage of Annual Membership Fees deposited to the Finance Charge
Account or any Series Account on or before the Transfer Date during the current month is equal to
	  	$                    
		
	 14. The aggregate amount of Interchange to be deposited in the .Finance Charge Account on the Transfer Date of the
current month is equal to
	  	$                    
		
	 15. The aggregate amount of all sums payable to the Investor Certificateholder of each Series on the succeeding
Distribution Date with respect to Certificate Principal
	  	$                    
		
	 16. The aggregate amount of all sums payable to the Investor Certificateholder of each Series on the succeeding
Distribution Date with respect to Certificate Interest
	  	$                    
	
	 17. To the knowledge of the undersigned, there are no Liens on any Receivables in the Trust except as
described below:

 [If applicable, insert “None.”] 

  
 C-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this certificate this
            day of             ,             . 

 

			
	World’s Foremost Bank, Servicer
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:

  
 C-3 

 Schedule to Monthly

Servicer’s Certificate* 

World’s Foremost Bank 
  

 
 CABELA’S
MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST 
  
  

 

	*	A separate schedule is to be attached for each Series, with appropriate changes and additions to reflect the specifics of the related Series Supplement. 

  
 C-4 

 EXHIBIT D-1 

FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 

Worlds’ Foremost Bank 
  

 
 CABELA’S
MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST 
  
  

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of World’s Foremost Bank (“WFB”), as Servicer pursuant to the Third
Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of June 14, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”) by and among WFB Funding, LLC, as transferor (the
“Transferor”), WFB, as Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee, does hereby certify that: 
 1. WFB is
Servicer under the Agreement. Capitalized terms used without definition in this Certificate shall have the meanings assigned in or pursuant to the Agreement. 

2. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer who is duly authorized pursuant to the Agreement to execute and deliver this Certificate to Trustee.

 3. This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 3.05(c) of the Agreement. 

4. A review of the activities of Servicer, and of its performance under the Agreement, during the
12-month period ending on December 31, [            ], was conducted under my supervision. 

5. Based on such review, Servicer has, to the best of my knowledge, fully performed all its obligations under the Agreement throughout such
period and no default in the performance of such obligations has occurred or is continuing except as set forth in paragraph 6 below. 

6. The following is a description of each default in the performance of Servicer’s obligations under the provisions of the Agreement,
including any Supplement, known to me to have been made during such period which sets forth in detail (a) the nature of each such default, (b) the action taken by Servicer, if any, to remedy each such default and (c) the current
status of each such default: 
 [If applicable, insert “None.”] 

7. (a) During such period, for each outstanding Series, Servicer prepared the monthly reports required by Section 3.04(b) of the
Agreement and each other monthly report required by the applicable Supplement in accordance with Section 3.04(b) and the applicable provisions of each such Supplement, (b) the amounts included in such reports agree with the computer
records of Servicer and (c) the calculated amounts included in such reports are mathematically correct and made in accordance with the applicable definitions in the Agreement and the other applicable Transaction Documents, except as set forth
in paragraph 6 above. 

  
 D-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate
this         day of             ,         . 

 

			
	WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, as Servicer
		
	By	 	  

	Name	 	  

	Title	 	  

  
 D-1-2 

 EXHIBIT D-2 

FORM OF 
 SERVICER
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
 PURSUANT TO ITEM 1123 OF REGULATION AB UNDER 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
  

			
	Re: Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust;	  	Date:            

       Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust 

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of World’s Foremost Bank (the “Servicer”), pursuant to Item 1123
of Regulation AB and Section 3.05(a) of the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2016, among WFB Funding, LLC, as Transferor, World’s Foremost Bank, as Servicer, and U.S. Bank National
Association, as Trustee, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, (the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), does hereby certify that: 

1. A review of the activities of the Servicer from [            ,
20    ] through December 31, [20    ] (the “Reporting Period”) and of its performance under (a) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and (b) the Amended and Restated Master
Indenture dated as of December 6, 2013, among Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust, the Servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the
“Indenture” and together with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the “Agreements”), has been made under my supervision; and 

2. To the best of my knowledge, based on my review, the Servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Agreements in all material
respects throughout the Reporting Period [except as described below:] 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this
certificate this day of            ,        . 
  

			
	WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, as Servicer
		
	By	 	  

	Name	 	  

	Title	 	  

  
 D-2-1 

 EXHIBIT D-3 

REPORT ON COMPLIANCE WITH SERVICING CRITERIA 

PURSUANT TO ITEM 1122 OF REGULATION AB UNDER 

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
  

			
	Re: Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust;	  	Date:        

       Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust 

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of World’s Foremost Bank (the “Servicer”), hereby certifies as
follows: 
 1. The Servicer is responsible for assessing its compliance with the servicing criteria set forth in 17 C.F.R.
§ 229.1122(d) (“Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB”) as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, except for servicing criteria [specify sections of Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB that do not
apply] (the “Applicable Servicing Criteria”), which the Servicer has determined are inapplicable to the activities it performs with respect to the credit-card asset-backed securities transactions being serviced, as of and for the year ended December 31, [20 ] relating to: 
  

	 	•	 	the servicing of credit card asset-backed securities transactions issued by Cabela’s Master Credit Card Trust; and 

 

	 	•	 	the servicing of credit card asset-backed securities transactions issued by Cabela’s Credit Card Master Note Trust. 

2. The Servicer used the servicing criteria in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB to assess compliance with the Applicable Servicing
Criteria; 
 3. The Servicer is in compliance with the Applicable Servicing Criteria as of and for the period ending December 31,
[20    ] in all material respects [except as described below:]; and 
 4. [Name of Accountant], an independent registered
public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on our assessment of compliance with the Applicable Servicing Criteria as of and for the period ending December 31, [20 ], a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. 

 

			
	WORLD’S FOREMOST BANK, as Servicer
		
	By	 	  

	Name	 	  

	Title	 	  

  
 D-3-1 

 EXHIBIT A 

ACCOUNTANT’S ATTESTATION REPORT 

  
 D-3-2 

 SCHEDULE I 
  

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
			
		  	General Servicing Considerations	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(i)	  	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(ii)	  	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(iii)	  	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the credit card receivables are maintained.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(iv)	  	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of
the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(v)	  	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.	  	
			
		  	Cash Collection and Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(i)	  	Payments on credit card receivables are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other number of days specified in the
transaction agreements.	  	

  
 D-3-3 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	1122(d)(2)(ii)	  	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(iii)	  	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(iv)	  	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the
transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(v)	  	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a
foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(vi)	  	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(vii)	  	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations
(A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other
than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in
the transaction agreements.  	  	

  
 D-3-4 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
			
		  	Investor Remittances and Reporting	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(i)	  	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the SEC, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable SEC requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with
timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the SEC as required by its rules and
regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of credit card accounts serviced by the servicer.	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(ii)	  	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(iii)	  	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(iv)	  	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	  	
			
		  	Pool Asset Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(i)	  	Collateral or security on credit card accounts is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(ii)	  	Credit card accounts and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 D-3-5 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	1122(d)(4)(iii)	  	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(iv)	  	Payments on credit card receivables, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related credit card agreements are posted to the servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or
such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(v)	  	The servicer’s records regarding the credit card accounts agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(vi)	  	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s credit card account (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in
accordance with the transaction agreements and related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(vii)	  	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the
timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(viii)	  	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a credit card account is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period
specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent credit card accounts including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed
temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	  	

  
 D-3-6 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	1122(d)(4)(ix)	  	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for credit card accounts with variable rates are computed based on the related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(x)	  	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s credit card agreements, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified
in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable credit card agreements and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of
full repayment of the related credit card account, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xi)	  	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support
has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xii)	  	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.	  	

  
 D-3-7 

					
	 Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	1122(d)(4)(xiii)	  	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xiv)	  	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(xv)	  	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 D-3-8 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL REGARDING ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 

PROVISIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN OPINION OF COUNSEL 

TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(c)(vi) 

OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 

The opinions set forth below may be subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the opinion of
Transferor’s counsel with respect to similar matters delivered on the Closing Date. 
 1. The Assignment has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Transferor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms subject to (A) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,
receivership, reorganization, liquidation and other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and the rights and remedies of creditors of insured depository institutions, and (B) the application of
principles of equity (regardless of whether considered and applied in a proceeding in equity or at law). 
 2. The financing statement(s)
referred to in such opinion the “Financing Statement”) is in an appropriate form for filing in the State of Nebraska (the “State”) and has been duly filed in the appropriate filing office in the State and the fees and document
taxes, if any, payable in connection with the said filing of the Financing Statement have been paid in full. 
 3. To the extent the
Assignment does not constitute a sale by the Transferor to the Trustee, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates a valid security interest (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State (the “UCC”)) in favor of the Trustee for
the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider in such Receivables as constitute accounts under the UCC, the security interest created under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the conveyance of the
Receivables in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and in the proceeds thereof (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) is a first priority perfected security interest in and against such Receivables now existing and hereafter
created in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, including proceeds thereof, and such perfection and priority of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders
and each Credit Enhancement Provider in such Receivables, and the proceeds thereof, would not be affected by an increase or decrease in the relative interests in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment of the holder
of the Transferor Certificate and of the Investor Certificateholders. 
 In connection with the opinion set forth in this paragraph 3
relating to the priority of security interests, such counsel may express no opinion as to the priority of any security interest over (i) any lien, claim or other interest that arises by operation of law and does not require any filing with the
Secretary of State of the State in order to take priority over any security interest which is perfected by filing with the Secretary of State of the State, and (ii) any claim or lien in favor of any government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof. 

  
 E-1 

 4. If the Assignment constitutes a sale of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated
by the Assignment, based upon certificates of officers of the Credit Card Originator and Transferor that (i) the Credit Card Originator originated the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, (ii) neither the
Credit Card Originator nor the Transferor has transferred any interest in or caused any Lien to be imposed upon the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, and (iii) the Transferor will originate all Receivables to
be subsequently created in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, then (A) the Trustee has acquired, or will acquire in the case of the Receivables hereafter created in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, all right,
title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, and all proceeds thereof (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC), and (B) such
property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien or interest of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor, and the Trust owns such Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof
free of any lien or interest, in each case, except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (y) the interest of the holder of the Transferor Certificate, and (z) the Transferor’s
right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account or any Series Account as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

In addition, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed herein with respect to
Receivables or the proceeds thereof other than the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof, or with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance
Proceeds relating to, the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment, except to the extent such proceeds (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) consist of amounts held by the Transferor in accordance with the terms
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for less than 10 days following receipt of such proceeds by the Transferor, and except to the extent that such proceeds consist of either (i) amounts held in an Investor Account or a Series Account
maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Trust in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or (ii) Permitted Investments held by or on behalf of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and any Supplement. Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds
relating to, the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment until such proceeds are deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In addition, we express no opinion
as to the effect of Section 9-315(c)(4) of the UCC with respect to proceeds of the Receivables in Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment held by the Transferor upon its insolvency. Amounts held in the Collection Account and in an
Investor Account and Permitted Investments maintained or held in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are “proceeds” of Receivables within the meaning of Section 9-315(c) of the UCC. 

  
 E-2 

 With respect to the opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, we note that the
effectiveness of the Financing Statement will terminate (i) unless appropriate continuation statements are filed within the period of six months prior to the expiration of five year anniversary dates from the date of the original filing of the
Financing Statement, (ii) if the Transferor changes its name, identity or corporate structure, unless new appropriate financing statements or amendments indicating the new name, identity or corporate structure of the Transferor are properly
filed before the expiration of four months after the Transferor changes its name, identity or corporate structure, and (iii) four months after the Transferor changes its place of business or chief executive office to a jurisdiction outside the
State, unless such security interest is perfected in such new jurisdiction within such time. Other than as discussed in this paragraph, no action is required to maintain the perfection, as described in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, of the
interests of the Trustee on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds thereof (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of
the UCC). 
 The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are limited to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders and
each Credit Enhancement Provider under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the related Supplement. In connection with paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, we express no opinion as to the interests of the Transferor under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or any Supplement. The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are subject to the interests of the Transferor or the holder of the Transferor Certificate arising under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which interests of
the Transferor will not detract from the interest and priority of the interest held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider. 

5. In the course of such counsel’s representation of the Transferor in connection with the matter to which this opinion relates, and
without independent investigation, under the laws of the State, such counsel has not become aware of any right, lien or interest which has been asserted against the Receivables in the Additional Accounts designated by the Assignment and the proceeds
thereof, other than under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL 

The opinions set forth below, which are to be delivered pursuant to subsection 13.02(d)(ii) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, may be
subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the opinion of counsel to the Transferor with respect to similar matters delivered on the Closing Date. 

1. Based solely upon certificates of officers of the Transferor and the Credit Card Originator dated as of the date of this opinion, and
without independent investigation, (A) the Credit Card Originator originated or acquired the Receivables, (B) neither the Credit Card Originator nor the Transferor has transferred any interest in or caused any Lien to be imposed upon the
Receivables, and (C) the Credit Card Originator will originate all Receivables to be subsequently created in the Accounts. 
 2. The
financing statements are in an appropriate form for filing in the State of Nebraska (the “State”) and have been duly filed in the appropriate filing office in the State and the fees and document taxes, if any, payable in connection with
the said filing of the financing statements have been paid in full. 
 3. If the Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not constitute a sale
of the Receivables, (A) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates a security interest (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State (the “UCC”)) in favor of the Trustee (B) for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider, the security interest created under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the conveyance of the Receivables (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) and in the proceeds thereof (as
defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC), is a first priority perfected security interest in and against such Receivables and proceeds, and changes under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in the percentage of the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof securing the Investor Certificates will not affect the said perfection and priority. 
 In connection with the opinion set forth in
paragraph 3 relating to the priority of security interests, no opinion need be expressed as the priority of any security interest over (i) any lien, claim or other interest that arises by operation of law and does not require any filing with
the Secretary of State of the State in order to take priority over any security interest which is perfected by filing with the Secretary of State of the State and (ii) any claim or lien in favor of any government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof. 
 4. If the Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes a sale of the Receivables, (A) the Trustee has
acquired, or will acquire in the case of the Receivables hereafter created (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts), all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created (other than
Receivables in Additional Accounts), and all proceeds thereof (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC), and (B) such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any lien or interest of any Person claiming

  
 F-1 

 
through or under the Transferor, and the Trust owns such Receivables and the proceeds thereof free of any lien or interest, in each case, except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection
2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (y) the interest of the holder of the Transferor Certificate, and (z) the Transferor’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge
Account and the Principal Account [or any Series Account] as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The opinion with respect to Receivables and proceeds thereof hereafter created which do not arise from the sale of goods or the rendering
of services may be qualified in its entirety by the qualifications set forth in the opinion of counsel rendered on the Closing Date. 
 In
addition, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3, and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed herein with respect to Receivables in Additional Accounts or the proceeds thereof, or with respect to the perfection or priority of
security interests in the proceeds of, or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables, except to the extent such proceeds (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) consist of amounts held by the Transferor in accordance with the terms of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for less than ten days following receipt of such proceeds by the Transferor, and except to the extent that such proceeds consist of either (i) amounts held in an Investor Account or a Series Account
maintained by the Trustee in the name of the Trust in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement or (ii) Permitted Investments held by or on behalf of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement. Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed with respect to the perfection or priority of security interests in the proceeds of,
or Insurance Proceeds relating to, the Receivables until such proceeds are deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Amounts held in the Collection Account and in an Investor Account or
a Series Account and Permitted Investments maintained or held in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement are “proceeds” of Receivables within the meaning of Section 9-315(c) of the UCC (such
counsel may note, however, that, subject to the discussion elsewhere in this paragraph 4, the UCC does not apply to the sale of general intangibles or proceeds thereof). 

Further, in connection with the opinions set forth in paragraph 3, and this paragraph 4, no opinion is expressed concerning
(i) Interchange and the proceeds (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) relating to Interchange, (ii) Receivables and the proceeds (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) thereof in Defaulted Accounts or Zero Balance
Accounts, (iii) Receivables that have been charged-off as uncollectible and the proceeds (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) of such Receivables, including recoveries, or (iv) Receivables and the proceeds (as defined in
Section 9-315(c) of the UCC) thereof that are removed from the Trust and reassigned to the Transferor pursuant to the Pooling and Service Agreement. 

With respect to the opinions expressed in paragraph 3, and this paragraph 4, we note that the effectiveness of the financing statements will
terminate (i) unless appropriate continuation statements are filed within the period of six months prior to the expiration of five year anniversary dates from the date of the original filing of the financing statements, (ii) if the
Transferor changes its name, identity or corporate structure, unless new appropriate financing 

  
 F-2 

 
statements or amendments indicating the new name, identity or corporate structure of the Transferor are properly filed before the expiration of four months after the Transferor changes its name,
identity or corporate structure, and (iii) four months after the Transferor changes its place of business or chief executive office to a jurisdiction outside the State, unless such security interest is perfected in such new jurisdiction within
such time. Other than as discussed in this paragraph and compliance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, no action is required to maintain the perfection, as described in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, of the interests of the Trustee on
behalf of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider in the Receivables (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) and the proceeds thereof (as defined in Section 9-315(c) of the UCC). We note that the provisions
of Section 13.02 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement require the Transferor to give certain notices and to take certain actions upon the occurrence of certain events discussed in this paragraph so as to preserve and protect the right, title
and interest of the Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to all property comprising the Trust. 
 The opinions expressed in
paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are limited to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In connection with paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4, we express no
opinion as to the interests of the Transferor or the holder of the Transferor Certificate under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 and this paragraph 4 are subject to the interests of the Transferor arising
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which interests of the Transferor will not detract from the interest and priority of the interest held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and each Credit Enhancement Provider.

 5. Except for the financing statements referenced above, no other financing statement covering the Accounts (other than Receivables in
Additional Accounts) or the Trustee’s interest in the Accounts (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts) is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the State (Uniform Commercial Code Division). 

6. In the course of such counsel acting as special counsel to the Transferor in connection with the matter to which this opinion relates, and
without independent investigation, under the laws of the State, such counsel has not become aware of any right, lien or interest which has been asserted against the Receivables and the proceeds thereof, other than under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 7. Update or confirm, as applicable, the FIRREA analysis delivered on the most recent Closing Date. 

  
 F-3 

 EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES 

REASSIGNMENT NO.             OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of
            ,             , by and between WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company (the “Transferor”),
and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”) pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Transferor and the Trustee are parties to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
June 14, 2016 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor wishes to remove all Receivables from certain designated Accounts
(the “Removed Accounts”) and to cause the Trustee to reconvey the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Transferor (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); and

 WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject to the terms
and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used
herein, unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Removal Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated
hereby,             ,             . 

“Removal Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby,
            ,             (which shall be a date on or prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Removal Date). 

2. Designation of Removed Accounts. The Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee, not later than five Business Days after the Removal
Date, a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of each MasterCard and VISA account which as of the Removal Date shall be deemed to be a Removed Account, such accounts being identified by account number and by the
aggregate amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of business on the Removal Date. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Reassignment and shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Reassignment as of the Removal
Date. 

  
 G-1 

 3. Conveyance of Receivables. 

(a) The Trustee does hereby re-transfer, re-assign, re-set-over and otherwise reconvey to the Transferor, without recourse,
representation or warranty on and after the Removal Date, all right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, all monies due or to become due with
respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all proceeds of such Receivables, all Insurance Proceeds, all relating to such Receivables, all Interchange relating to such Receivables and all
proceeds thereof. 
 (b) In connection with such transfer, the Trustee agrees to execute and deliver to the Transferor on or
prior to the date of this Reassignment, a termination statement, prepared for execution by the Transferor, with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts designated hereby (which may be a single
termination statement with respect to all such Receivables) evidencing the release by the Trustee of its Lien on the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as
are necessary to remove such Lien. 
 4. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor hereby represents and
warrants to the Trustee as of the Removal Date: 
 (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity). 

(b) Selection Procedures. No selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests
of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts designated hereby. 
 5. Conditions Precedent. The
amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in Section 6 hereof is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Removal Date, of the following condition precedent: 

The Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Credit Enhancement Provider an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that (i) as of the Removal Date, all requirements set forth in Section 2.07 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Removed Accounts and reconveying the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing
or hereafter created, have been satisfied, and (ii) each of the representations and warranties made by the Transferor in Section 4 hereof is true and correct as of the Removal Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s
Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein, and shall incur no liability in so relying. 

  
 G-2 

 6. Amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and “herein” shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall remain unamended and shall
continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and, except as expressly provided herein, shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to non-compliance with any
term or provision of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 7. Counterparts. This Reassignment may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

8. Governing Law. This Reassignment shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference
to conflict of law provisions which would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction). 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
undersigned have caused this Reassignment of Receivables to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 

  
 G-3 

 
			
	WFB FUNDING, LLC,
		
	By:	 	WFB Funding Corporation,
		 	Its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 G-4 

 Schedule 1 

to Reassignment 
 of Receivables

 REMOVED ACCOUNTS 

  
 G-5 

 EXHIBIT H 

FORM OF RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES 

RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of             ,
            , by and between WFB Funding, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company, (the “Transferor”), and U.S. Bank National Association a national banking association
organized and existing under the laws of the United States (the “Trustee”) pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Transferor and the Trustee are parties to a Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of June 14,
2016 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor wishes to cause the Trustee to reconvey all of the Receivables and
proceeds thereof, whether now existing or hereafter created, from the Trust to the Transferor pursuant to the terms of Section 12.04 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); 
 WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to
reconvey Receivables subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:

 1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when
used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. 
 “Reconveyance Date” shall mean
            ,             . 

2. Return of Lists of Accounts. The Trustee shall deliver to the Transferor, not later than three Business Days after the Reconveyance
Date, each and every computer file or microfiche list of Accounts delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

3. Conveyance of Receivables. 

(a) The Trustee does hereby re-transfer,
re-assign, re-set-over and otherwise reconvey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, on and after the
Reconveyance Date, all right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to each and every Receivable now existing and hereafter created in the Accounts designated hereby, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance
Charge Receivables), all amounts received with respect thereto, all proceeds of such Receivables, all Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all proceeds thereof. 

  
 H-1 

 (b) In connection with such transfer, the Trustee agrees to execute and deliver
to the Transferor on or prior to the date of this Reconveyance, such UCC termination statements as the Transferor may reasonably request and which shall be prepared by the Transferor, evidencing the release by the Trustee of its lien on the
Receivables. 
 4. Counterparts. This Reconveyance may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate
counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 5.
Governing Law. This Reconveyance shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to conflict of law provisions which would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction). 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reconveyance of Receivables to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly
authorized officers on the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 WFB FUNDING, LLC,

	 By:
	 	WFB Funding Corporation,
		 	Its Managing Member
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

  
 H-2 

 SCHEDULE 1 

LIST OF ACCOUNTS 

Delivered to Trustee only 

  
 H-3 

 EXHIBIT I 

SERVICING CRITERIA 
 The assessment of
compliance to be delivered by the Trustee shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”: 
  

					
	 
Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
		  	General Servicing Considerations	  	
			
	 1122(d)(1)(i)
	  	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(1)(ii)
	  	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(1)(iii)
	  	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the credit card receivables are maintained.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(1)(iv)
	  	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of
the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(1)(v)
	  	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.	  	
			
		  	Cash Collection and Administration	  	
			
	 1122(d)(2)(i)
	  	Payments on credit card receivables are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other number of days specified in the
transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	 1122(d)(2)(ii)
	  	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	  	X

  
 I-1 

					
	 
Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	 1122(d)(2)(iii)
	  	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(2)(iv)
	  	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the
transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	 1122(d)(2)(v)
	  	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a
foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	  	X
			
	 1122(d)(2)(vi)
	  	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(2)(vii)
	  	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations
(A) are mathematically accurate; (B) are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are reviewed and approved by someone other
than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in
the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 I-2 

					
	 
Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
			
		  	Investor Remittances and Reporting	  	
			
	 1122(d)(3)(i)
	  	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the SEC, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable SEC requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with
timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the SEC as required by its rules and
regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of credit card accounts serviced by the servicer.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(3)(ii)
	  	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	 1122(d)(3)(iii)
	  	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	X
			
	 1122(d)(3)(iv)
	  	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	  	X
			
		  	Pool Asset Administration	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(i)
	  	Collateral or security on credit card accounts is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(ii)
	  	Credit card accounts and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(iii)
	  	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 I-3 

					
	 
Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	 1122(d)(4)(iv)
	  	Payments on credit card receivables, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related credit card agreements are posted to the servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or
such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(v)
	  	The servicer’s records regarding the credit card accounts agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(vi)
	  	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s credit card account (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel
in accordance with the transaction agreements and related credit card agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(vii)
	  	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the
timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(viii)
	  	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a credit card account is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other
period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent credit card accounts including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed
temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(ix)
	  	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for credit card accounts with variable rates are computed based on the related credit card agreements.	  	

  
 I-4 

					
	 
Servicing Criteria
	  	 Applicable
Servicing Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 
	 1122(d)(4)(x)
	  	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s credit card agreements, on at least an annual basis, or such other period
specified in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable credit card agreements and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within
30 calendar days of full repayment of the related credit card account, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xi)
	  	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such
support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xii)
	  	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xiii)
	  	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xiv)
	  	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xv)
	  	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	

  
 I-5 

 EXHIBIT J 

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION 
  

	 	RE:	The Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of June 14, 2016 (the “Agreement”), among WFB Funding, LLC, World’s Foremost Bank, and U.S. Bank, National Association

 I,             , the
            of [NAME OF COMPANY] (the “Company”), certify to the Transferor, and its officers, with the knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this certification, that:

  

	 	1.	I have reviewed the report on assessment of the Company’s compliance provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and
Item 1122 of Regulation AB (the “Servicing Assessment”), and the registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Exchange Act and Section 1122(b) of
Regulation AB (the “Attestation Report”) that were delivered by the Company to the Transferor pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “Company Information”); 

 

	 	2.	To the best of my knowledge, the Company Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered by the Company Information; 

  

	 	3.	To the best of my knowledge, all of the Company Information required to be provided by the Company under the Agreement has been provided to the Transferor; and 

 

	 	4.	To the best of my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Servicing Assessment or the Attestation Report, the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement. 

  
 J-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}]]